1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
43 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
44 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
46 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
48 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
49 % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
50 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
51 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading,chapterprefix,numbers=noenddot
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes false
128 \output_changes false
137 Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX
145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
147 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
152 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
153 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX,
156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
158 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
180 \begin_inset Note Note
183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
184 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
185 \begin_inset Newline newline
190 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
198 \begin_layout Standard
199 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
200 LatexCommand tableofcontents
207 \begin_layout Chapter
211 \begin_layout Section
215 \begin_layout Standard
216 LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
217 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
228 LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
229 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 , tidak perlu menyatakan
239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
255 LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
256 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
260 \begin_layout Standard
261 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
274 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
275 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
278 \begin_layout Standard
280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
291 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format
292 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
293 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
294 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
295 ini adalah buku panduan
296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
310 \begin_layout Section
311 Bagaimana Tampilan LyX
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di
316 bagian atas jendela kerja.
317 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
318 berbagai tombol bantuan.
319 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
323 \begin_layout Standard
324 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
326 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
327 merupakan kesengajaan.
328 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris
329 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
330 Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
332 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
333 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
334 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
335 gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX.
336 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
337 yang melebihi area kerja.
338 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
339 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
340 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
341 dan melebihi area kerja.
344 \begin_layout Standard
345 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
346 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
353 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
358 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
359 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
367 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
375 \begin_layout Section
379 \begin_layout Standard
380 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX.
385 buku panduan dalam LyX.
386 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
390 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
393 \begin_layout Section
395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
397 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
404 \begin_layout Standard
405 Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan
406 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
407 LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
408 LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia.
409 Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
415 \begin_inset Index idx
418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
425 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
426 LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
427 lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX.
428 Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
431 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
435 \begin_inset Index idx
438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
439 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
445 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk
446 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX.
449 \begin_layout Section
451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
453 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
460 \begin_layout Standard
461 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian
462 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
464 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
465 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
466 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
469 \begin_layout Standard
470 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau
472 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
473 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
474 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
478 \begin_layout Standard
479 Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
482 Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
501 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
502 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
504 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
512 \begin_inset Note Note
515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
516 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
524 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
525 More about TeX Code is described in section
530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
532 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
536 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
543 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
553 \begin_inset Index idx
556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
557 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
562 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan
563 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
565 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
570 \begin_layout Chapter
571 Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX
574 \begin_layout Section
575 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
576 \begin_inset Index idx
579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
588 \begin_layout Standard
589 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
593 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
594 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
597 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_inset Graphics
602 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
610 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_inset Graphics
635 filename ../../images/file-open.png
643 \begin_layout Itemize
649 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_inset Graphics
656 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
664 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
692 \begin_layout Itemize
702 \begin_layout Itemize
708 \begin_layout Itemize
714 \begin_layout Itemize
720 \begin_inset Graphics
721 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
729 \begin_layout Itemize
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
738 Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan.
739 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
741 Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
752 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
753 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
754 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
755 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
756 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
763 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
770 \begin_layout Standard
787 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
793 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
794 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
813 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
814 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
822 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
823 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
824 Dengan operasi berkas
832 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
833 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
836 \begin_layout Section
837 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
838 \begin_inset Index idx
841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
850 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
857 \begin_layout Standard
858 Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
859 dan tempel dalam LyX dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
860 maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
861 Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
862 dalam LyX dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
863 Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
866 \begin_layout Standard
867 Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
871 dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
872 fitur suntingan lainnya.
873 Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
874 dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
875 Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
878 \begin_layout Itemize
884 \begin_inset Graphics
885 filename ../../images/cut.png
893 \begin_layout Itemize
899 \begin_inset Graphics
900 filename ../../images/copy.png
908 \begin_layout Itemize
914 \begin_inset Graphics
915 filename ../../images/paste.png
923 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
937 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
947 \begin_layout Itemize
951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
961 \begin_inset Graphics
962 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
971 \begin_layout Standard
972 Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
974 Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
975 anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
984 juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
989 Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
990 hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka LyX akan menghapus
991 teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter
993 Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
997 agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
1000 \begin_layout Standard
1001 \begin_inset Index idx
1004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1010 Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di LyX juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
1029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1044 akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
1047 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1065 akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
1066 yang disisipkan dalam
1071 Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
1076 , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
1080 \begin_layout Standard
1081 \begin_inset Index idx
1084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1091 \begin_inset Index idx
1094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1102 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1121 akan membuka jendela dialog
1124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1134 Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, LyX akan
1136 Dengan menekan tombol
1140 , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
1146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1154 Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
1155 Jika anda menekan tombol
1160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1167 maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
1171 \begin_layout Standard
1172 Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
1175 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1215 anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
1216 Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
1219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1228 , maka pencarian kata
1229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 akan memaksa LyX hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
1262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1273 tidak akan menemukan
1274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1288 \begin_layout Standard
1289 Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
1291 Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
1293 Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
1294 paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
1298 atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
1306 \begin_layout Section
1307 Batalkan dan Kembalikan
1308 \begin_inset Index idx
1311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_inset Index idx
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1330 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1338 Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
1339 Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
1341 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1344 atau dari tombol bantuan
1349 \begin_inset Graphics
1350 filename ../../images/undo.png
1355 untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
1356 LyX mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka
1358 Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
1359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1363 Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
1364 anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
1366 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1369 atau dengan menekan tombol
1370 \begin_inset Graphics
1371 filename ../../images/redo.png
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
1381 disimpan, status dokumen
1382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1389 tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
1390 Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
1393 \begin_layout Standard
1402 dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di LyX.
1403 Namun demikian proses
1411 pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
1415 \begin_layout Section
1417 \begin_inset Index idx
1420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1429 \begin_layout Standard
1430 Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
1433 \begin_layout Enumerate
1438 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 sekali di daerah jendela kerja LyX.
1444 Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
1449 \begin_layout Enumerate
1450 Memilih dan Menandai Teks
1454 \begin_layout Itemize
1459 kemudian seret tetikus.
1460 LyX akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke
1461 tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret.
1464 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1467 untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan LyX (dan papan klip).
1470 \begin_layout Itemize
1471 Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
1472 lokasi baru, menggunakan
1474 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1481 \begin_layout Enumerate
1482 Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
1486 \begin_layout Standard
1491 pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
1492 Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
1497 \begin_layout Enumerate
1502 \begin_layout Standard
1507 pada sel tabel akan membuka dialog pengaturan lanjut pada tabel.
1511 \begin_layout Section
1513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1515 name "sec:Navigating"
1520 \begin_inset Index idx
1523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1532 \begin_layout Standard
1533 LyX menyediakan dua cara navigasi dalam dokumen:
1536 \begin_layout Itemize
1541 memaparkan semua bagian yang ada dalam dokumen yang bisa anda klik untuk
1542 melihat bagian dokumen tersebut.
1545 \begin_layout Itemize
1548 Dokumen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1555 atau dari tombol bantuan
1556 \begin_inset Graphics
1557 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1565 \begin_layout Standard
1566 Jendela paparan menampilkan kandungan dokumen berupa daftar isi (TOC) seperti
1567 yang dikemukakan pada subbab
1568 \begin_inset space ~
1572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1574 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1579 Anda dapat memilih dan jika anda klik, anda akan dibawa ke bagian dokumen
1580 yang anda klik tadi.
1581 Pada bagian atas jendela paparan, ada kotak pilihan tarik yang berisi pilihan
1582 berbagai daftar obyek, seperti Daftar Catatan Kaki.
1583 Beberapa daftar lainnya, misalnya Daftar Tabel, Daftar Gambar, Daftar Algoritma
1584 bisa juga ditambahkan dalam dokumen, lihat di subbab
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1591 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1600 akan mengurutkan semua yang ada dalam jendela paparan, sedangkan pilihan
1601 Tetap akan mempertahankan tampilan paparan.
1604 \begin_layout Standard
1609 seperti namanya, akan mengurutkan yang ada di jendela paparan.
1614 akan mempertahankan tampilan seperti kondisi terakhir.
1619 disini berarti anda mempertahankan yang sudah dibuka.
1620 Misalnya anda sudah membuka di aras sub-subbab, misalnya di sub-subbab
1621 \begin_inset space ~
1624 2 juga 4, kemudian anda berpindah ke subbab
1625 \begin_inset space ~
1628 3, maka sub-subbab yang sudah dibuka tidak akan ditutup.
1629 Tanpa pilihan Tetap, ketika anda berpindah dari sub-subbab ke subbab, maka
1630 sub-subbab akan ditutup dan kembali ke aras subbab.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1634 Dengan menggunakan tombol
1635 \begin_inset space \space{}
1639 \begin_inset Graphics
1640 filename ../../images/down.png
1645 \begin_inset space \space{}
1649 \begin_inset Graphics
1650 filename ../../images/up.png
1654 yang berada di bagian bawah jendela paparan, anda dapat merubah posisi
1655 bagian dokumen keatas atau kebawah.
1656 Misalnya, dengan menggunakan tombol
1657 \begin_inset space \space{}
1661 \begin_inset Graphics
1662 filename ../../images/up.png
1666 anda dapat merubah subbab
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1671 \begin_inset space ~
1675 LyX secara otomatis akan merubah nomor sesuai dengan posisi yang baru.
1678 \begin_layout Standard
1679 Dengan menggunakan Tombol
1680 \begin_inset Graphics
1681 filename ../../images/promote.png
1691 \begin_inset Graphics
1692 filename ../../images/demote.png
1701 ), anda dapat merubah posisi bagian dokumen pada aras kedalamannya, misalnya
1702 dari sub-subbab menjadi subbab atau sebaliknya dari subbab menjadi subsubbab.
1703 Dengan mengunakan fitur ini, anda dapat merubah dari subbab
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1718 \begin_layout Standard
1720 \begin_inset Graphics
1721 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1727 membantu anda untuk melompat ke posisi dokumen yang terakhir anda ubah.
1728 Ini sangat bermanfaat jika anda bekerja dalam dokumen yang panjang; misalnya
1729 anda merubah teks kemudian melihat ke bagian lain dan ingin kembali ke
1730 tempat semula saat anda melakukan perubahan.
1731 Dengan sekali tekan tombol bantuan ini, anda akan kembali ke posisi semula.
1735 \begin_layout Section
1736 Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
1737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1739 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1744 \begin_inset Index idx
1747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1754 \begin_inset Index idx
1757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_layout Standard
1789 LyX menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari
1790 hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
1791 Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
1792 digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
1795 \begin_layout Standard
1796 Pengaturan bawaan LyX untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
1797 sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
1798 sudah ada kata tersedia.
1799 Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
1803 untuk melengkapi kata.
1804 Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
1805 menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
1806 Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
1807 menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
1815 \begin_layout Standard
1816 Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
1819 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1822 kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
1824 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1831 anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
1836 Sedangkan pengaturan
1838 Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
1840 , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
1841 Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
1847 Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
1849 Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
1851 , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
1852 LyX mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
1853 Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
1854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1860 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1867 \begin_layout Section
1868 Gabungan tombol ketik
1869 \begin_inset Index idx
1872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1873 Gabungan tombol ketik
1879 \begin_inset Index idx
1882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1894 Gabungan tombol ketik
1898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1911 \begin_inset Index idx
1914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1945 \begin_layout Standard
1946 Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
1947 Bawaan LyX menggunakan CUA.
1950 \begin_layout Standard
1951 Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
1954 \begin_inset space ~
1962 \begin_inset space ~
1983 , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
1984 Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
1987 \begin_layout Labeling
1988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1992 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1993 LatexCommand nomenclature
1995 description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
2001 LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
2002 Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
2004 \begin_inset space ~
2008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2010 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2017 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2022 \begin_inset space ~
2026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2028 reference "sub:Lists"
2034 Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
2042 \begin_layout Labeling
2043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2047 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2048 LatexCommand nomenclature
2050 description "Tombol ketik Escape"
2056 Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
2057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2064 Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
2065 Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
2068 \begin_layout Labeling
2069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2075 \begin_inset space ~
2079 \begin_inset space ~
2090 akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
2094 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
2095 Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
2099 memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
2103 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
2106 \begin_layout Standard
2107 Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
2110 \begin_layout Labeling
2111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2116 (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
2117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2129 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2130 LatexCommand nomenclature
2132 description "Tombol ketik Control"
2136 ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
2137 yang dikombinasikan:
2141 \begin_layout Itemize
2150 , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
2153 \begin_layout Itemize
2162 , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
2165 \begin_layout Itemize
2174 , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
2178 \begin_layout Labeling
2179 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2184 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2197 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2198 LatexCommand nomenclature
2200 description "Tombol ketik Shift"
2204 ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
2205 dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
2208 \begin_layout Labeling
2209 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2214 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2227 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2228 LatexCommand nomenclature
2230 description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
2234 ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
2235 ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
2236 Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
2237 yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
2242 Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
2247 Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
2248 memilih menu tersebut.
2252 \begin_layout Standard
2253 Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
2254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2260 \begin_inset space ~
2264 \begin_inset space ~
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2277 akan membawa anda ke dialog
2278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2293 \begin_inset space ~
2299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2309 \begin_layout Standard
2314 memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
2323 \begin_layout Standard
2324 Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
2325 yang digunakan di LyX, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan
2326 aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa
2327 anda pilih di jendela status bawah.
2328 Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
2329 di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
2330 Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
2332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2347 diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
2354 \begin_layout Standard
2355 Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
2357 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2362 Penyuntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2369 seperti dijelaskan di subbab
2370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2376 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2383 \begin_layout Chapter
2385 \begin_inset Index idx
2388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2397 \begin_layout Section
2399 \begin_inset Index idx
2402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2411 \begin_layout Subsection
2415 \begin_layout Standard
2416 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2417 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2418 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2419 numbering schemes, and so on.
2420 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2421 and format the title of your document differently.
2424 \begin_layout Standard
2429 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2430 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2431 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2432 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2433 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2436 \begin_layout Standard
2437 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2438 how to adjust their properties.
2441 \begin_layout Subsection
2443 \begin_inset Index idx
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2455 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 You can select a class using the
2465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2466 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2470 \begin_inset Index idx
2473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2488 \begin_layout Standard
2489 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Article for basic articles
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Report for basic reports
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Book for writing a book
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Letter for US-style letters
2509 \begin_layout Standard
2510 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2511 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2512 will include many of these.
2513 Here are some of the classes.
2514 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2516 Special Document Classes
2525 \begin_layout Description
2526 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2529 \begin_layout Description
2530 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2541 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2542 There are three article layouts available.
2543 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2544 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2545 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2546 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2551 sequential numbering
2552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2555 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2556 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2557 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2558 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2561 \begin_layout Description
2562 Beamer Layout for presentations
2565 \begin_layout Description
2566 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2567 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2571 \begin_layout Description
2572 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2575 \begin_layout Description
2577 \begin_inset space ~
2580 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2587 \begin_layout Description
2588 Foils Used to make transparencies
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2593 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2597 \begin_layout Description
2598 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2599 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2606 \begin_layout Description
2607 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2612 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2613 (Is used by this document.)
2616 \begin_layout Description
2617 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2620 \begin_layout Description
2621 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2624 \begin_layout Description
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2637 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2639 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2642 \begin_layout Description
2643 Slides Used to make transparencies
2646 \begin_layout Description
2648 \begin_inset space ~
2651 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2652 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2655 \begin_layout Description
2656 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2662 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2668 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2669 of the document classes.
2672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2676 \begin_layout Standard
2677 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2681 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2683 \begin_inset Index idx
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2703 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2708 \begin_inset space ~
2715 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2716 that are not installed to produce output.
2717 So it seems that something is wrong.
2720 \begin_layout Standard
2721 But nothing is wrong.
2722 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2723 and some of them, like
2727 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2728 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2729 files, with a growing number.
2730 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2731 by some document class.
2732 There are just too many of them.
2733 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2736 \begin_layout Standard
2737 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2738 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2739 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2740 document class for a new file.
2741 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2746 Installing new LaTeX files
2747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2754 manual for information on how to install them.
2755 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2761 \begin_layout Standard
2762 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2763 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2765 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2766 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2767 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2769 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2772 \begin_inset space ~
2779 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2791 \begin_inset Index idx
2794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 \begin_layout Standard
2804 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2805 chosen document class.
2806 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2807 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2818 \begin_inset Index idx
2821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2832 \begin_layout Standard
2833 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2834 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2835 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2836 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2837 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2838 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2839 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2841 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2845 \begin_inset Index idx
2848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2849 Reconfiguration of LyX
2855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2858 Installing new LaTeX files
2859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2866 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2869 \begin_layout Standard
2870 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2878 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2879 LyX will advise you about these things.
2887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2891 \begin_layout Standard
2892 Each class has a default set of options.
2893 Here's a quick table describing them:
2896 \begin_layout Standard
2897 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2905 \begin_inset Tabular
2906 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2907 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 \begin_layout Standard
3367 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3373 \begin_layout Standard
3374 You're probably also wondering what
3375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3379 \begin_inset space ~
3383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3387 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3388 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3393 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3398 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3408 headings, there are also
3416 headings, and so on.
3417 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3418 \begin_inset space ~
3422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3424 reference "sub:Headings"
3431 \begin_layout Subsection
3433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3435 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3440 \begin_inset Index idx
3443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3452 \begin_inset Index idx
3455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3464 \begin_layout Standard
3465 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3467 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3478 \begin_inset space ~
3483 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3485 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3486 to use for your document.
3487 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3491 \begin_layout Standard
3498 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3504 \begin_inset space ~
3509 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3510 You can choose between the following five options:
3513 \begin_layout Labeling
3514 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3519 Use default page style of current class.
3522 \begin_layout Labeling
3523 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3528 No page numbers or headings.
3531 \begin_layout Labeling
3532 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3540 \begin_layout Labeling
3541 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3546 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3547 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3548 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3551 \begin_layout Labeling
3552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3557 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3563 \begin_inset Index idx
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3567 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3573 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3574 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3576 Check the documentation for the
3580 package for more details,
3581 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3590 \begin_layout Standard
3595 of paragraphs is described in section
3596 \begin_inset space ~
3600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3602 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3609 \begin_layout Subsection
3610 Paper Size and Orientation
3611 \begin_inset Index idx
3614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3615 Document ! Paper size
3621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3623 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3631 You'll find the following options in the menu
3634 \begin_inset space ~
3639 of the dialog of the
3641 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3647 \begin_inset Index idx
3650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 \begin_layout Labeling
3660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3664 \begin_inset space ~
3669 What size paper to print on.
3673 \begin_layout Itemize
3679 \begin_layout Itemize
3689 \begin_layout Itemize
3695 \begin_layout Itemize
3701 \begin_layout Itemize
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 \begin_layout Labeling
3720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3725 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3736 \begin_layout Labeling
3737 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3741 \begin_inset space ~
3746 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3747 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3750 \begin_layout Subsection
3752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3759 \begin_inset Index idx
3762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3769 \begin_inset Index idx
3772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3781 \begin_layout Standard
3782 Paper margins are set in the menu
3784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3788 \begin_inset Index idx
3791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3800 \begin_layout Standard
3801 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3802 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3803 the paper format and the font size into account.
3806 \begin_layout Subsection
3810 \begin_layout Standard
3811 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3816 That includes the paragraph environments.
3817 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3818 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3819 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3820 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3829 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3831 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3832 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3833 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3836 \begin_layout Section
3837 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3838 \begin_inset Index idx
3841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3842 Paragraph ! Indentation
3850 \begin_layout Subsection
3852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3854 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3862 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3863 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3866 \begin_layout Standard
3867 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3868 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3869 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3870 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3874 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3880 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3881 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3882 language than English.
3883 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3886 \begin_layout Standard
3887 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3888 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3890 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3891 LyX takes care of that.
3892 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3894 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3895 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3896 of a page, and so on.
3900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3901 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3906 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3907 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3911 of these pre-coded spacings.
3912 We'll explain more later.
3915 \begin_layout Subsection
3916 Paragraph Separation
3917 \begin_inset Index idx
3920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3921 Paragraph ! Separation
3929 \begin_layout Standard
3930 To separate paragraphs, select
3941 \begin_inset space ~
3948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3952 \begin_inset Index idx
3955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3961 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3962 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3963 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3976 \begin_layout Standard
3977 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3978 \begin_inset space ~
3982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3984 reference "cap:Units"
3989 The default length is 30
3990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4011 dialog and toggle the
4014 \begin_inset space ~
4019 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4022 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4026 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4027 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4031 \begin_layout Standard
4032 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4033 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4036 \begin_layout Subsection
4038 \begin_inset Index idx
4041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4042 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4057 \begin_inset Index idx
4060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4082 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4096 installed to use this feature.
4104 \begin_layout Section
4105 Paragraph Environments
4106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4108 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4113 \begin_inset Index idx
4116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 Paragraph ! Environments
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4127 Paragraph environments|(
4135 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4162 \begin_inset Newline newline
4165 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4166 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4167 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4176 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4179 \begin_layout Standard
4180 A paragraph environment is simply a
4181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4188 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4189 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4190 scheme, labels, and so on.
4191 Additionally, you can
4192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4199 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4200 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4201 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4202 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4203 days of typewriters.
4204 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4206 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4211 \begin_inset Graphics
4212 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4218 at the left end of the toolbar.
4219 LyX will change the environment of the
4223 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4224 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4225 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4238 create a new paragraph using the
4242 paragraph environment.
4244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4251 because if you are in one of these environments:
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4301 , rather than resetting it to
4306 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4307 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4308 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4309 \begin_inset space ~
4313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4315 reference "sec:Nesting"
4320 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4325 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4326 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4336 \begin_layout Subsection
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 The default paragraph environment is
4346 It creates a plain paragraph.
4347 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4348 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4349 this manual) are in the
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 You can nest a paragraph using the
4361 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4371 \begin_inset Index idx
4374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 for thanks or contact information.
4394 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4395 page along with today's date.
4396 For other types of documents, the title
4397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4404 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4423 Here's how you use them:
4426 \begin_layout Itemize
4427 Put the title of your document in the
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 Put the author name in the
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4444 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4450 Note that using this environment is optional.
4451 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4452 If you don't want any date, add the line
4453 \begin_inset Newline newline
4463 \begin_inset Newline newline
4466 to the preamble of your document (menu
4468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 You can use footnotes to insert
4476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4483 or contact information.
4486 \begin_layout Subsection
4488 \begin_inset Index idx
4491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4509 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4514 \begin_inset Index idx
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4518 Section headings ! Numbered
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4575 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4576 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4581 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4582 You group the book into chapters.
4583 LyX does similar grouping:
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4591 is divided in either
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4671 Not all document types use the
4675 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4680 is the top-level heading.
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4693 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4694 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4696 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_inset Index idx
4713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4714 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4727 \begin_layout Enumerate
4733 \begin_layout Enumerate
4739 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 \begin_layout Enumerate
4751 \begin_layout Enumerate
4757 \begin_layout Standard
4759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4766 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4767 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4768 table of contents, see section
4769 \begin_inset space ~
4773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4783 Changing the Numbering
4784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4786 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4793 \begin_layout Standard
4794 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4795 in the Table of Contents.
4796 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4798 Certain classes start with
4812 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4822 This is something you can change.
4825 \begin_layout Standard
4828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4834 \begin_inset Index idx
4837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4848 \begin_inset space ~
4852 \begin_inset space ~
4857 you'll see two counters.
4862 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4864 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4869 Short Titles of Headings
4870 \begin_inset Index idx
4873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4874 Section headings ! Short titles
4880 \begin_inset Argument
4883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4892 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4899 \begin_layout Standard
4900 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4901 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4902 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4903 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4906 \begin_layout Standard
4907 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4908 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4909 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4910 To specify a short title, use the menu
4912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4914 \begin_inset space ~
4920 This will insert a box labeled
4921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4936 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4937 This also works for captions inside floats.
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4941 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4949 The following information applies to all section headings:
4952 \begin_layout Itemize
4953 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4956 \begin_layout Itemize
4957 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4968 \begin_layout Subsection
4969 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4987 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4988 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4989 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4990 the text they contain.
4991 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4999 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5003 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5012 when you start a new paragraph.
5013 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5017 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5018 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5019 to change back to the
5023 environment yourself.
5026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5043 \begin_inset Index idx
5046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5056 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5057 time for the differences.
5066 are identical except for one difference:
5070 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5079 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 Here's an example of the
5096 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5098 See – no indentation!
5102 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5103 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5104 the other paragraph.
5107 \begin_layout Standard
5108 Here's another example, this time in the
5115 \begin_layout Quotation
5121 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5122 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5123 the first line, then
5127 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5131 you were quoting other text.
5134 \begin_layout Quotation
5135 Here's a new paragraph.
5136 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5137 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5141 As the examples show,
5145 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5146 They should put quotes in the
5151 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5155 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5164 \begin_inset Index idx
5167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5176 \begin_inset Index idx
5179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5195 \begin_layout Standard
5200 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5206 \begin_inset Newline newline
5209 Which I did not rehearse!
5213 It could be much worse.
5214 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5216 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5217 indented a bit more than the first.
5218 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5224 \begin_inset Newline newline
5227 And make things look fine
5228 \begin_inset Newline newline
5234 arg "newline-insert newline"
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5245 does not indent both margins.
5246 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5247 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5254 arg "newline-insert newline"
5260 \begin_layout Subsection
5262 \begin_inset Index idx
5265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5281 \begin_layout Standard
5282 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5292 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5301 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5302 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5303 some general features of all four of them.
5306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5311 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5313 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5322 reset the environment to
5326 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5327 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5328 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5332 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5335 to break paragraphs.
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5339 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5340 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5342 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5343 you read all of section
5344 \begin_inset space ~
5348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5350 reference "sec:Nesting"
5358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5364 \begin_inset Index idx
5367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5383 \begin_layout Standard
5384 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5388 paragraph environment.
5389 It has the following properties:
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5393 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The items can have any length.
5408 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5409 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5416 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 environment inside another
5425 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5434 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 \begin_inset space ~
5443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5445 reference "sec:Nesting"
5449 for a full explanation of nesting.
5453 \begin_layout Standard
5454 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5463 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5468 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5472 The label for the first level
5476 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 The label for the second level is a dash.
5485 \begin_layout Itemize
5486 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5490 \begin_layout Itemize
5491 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 Back out to the third level.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 Back to the second level.
5505 \begin_layout Itemize
5506 Back to the outermost level.
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5510 These are the default labels for an
5515 You can customize these labels in the
5517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5520 dialog in the submenu
5527 \begin_inset Index idx
5530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5540 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5541 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5543 \begin_inset space ~
5547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5549 reference "sec:Nesting"
5556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5562 \begin_inset Index idx
5565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5574 name "sec:Enumerate"
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5586 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5587 It has these properties:
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5609 environment resets the counter to one.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5627 Items can have any length.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5652 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5653 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5660 \begin_layout Enumerate
5661 The first level of an
5665 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5689 \begin_layout Enumerate
5690 Back to the third level
5694 \begin_layout Enumerate
5695 Back to the second level.
5699 \begin_layout Enumerate
5700 Back to the outermost level.
5703 \begin_layout Standard
5704 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5709 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5714 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5718 \begin_layout Standard
5719 There is more to nesting
5723 environments than we've stated here.
5724 You should read section
5725 \begin_inset space ~
5729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5731 reference "sec:Nesting"
5735 to learn more about nesting.
5738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5744 \begin_inset Index idx
5747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5756 \begin_layout Standard
5757 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5761 list has no fixed label.
5762 Instead, LyX uses the first
5763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5770 of the first line as the label.
5774 \begin_layout Description
5775 Example: This is an example of the
5782 \begin_layout Standard
5783 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5787 \begin_layout Standard
5789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5796 it is meant that the first hit of the
5800 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5802 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5810 arg "space-insert protected"
5815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5816 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5818 \begin_inset space ~
5824 \begin_inset space ~
5828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5830 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5834 for more info.) Here is an example:
5837 \begin_layout Description
5839 \begin_inset space ~
5842 Example: This one shows how to use a
5845 \begin_inset space ~
5857 \begin_layout Description
5858 Usage: You should use the
5862 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5863 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5865 It's not a good idea to use a
5869 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5870 You're better off using
5882 paragraphs into them.
5885 \begin_layout Description
5886 Nesting: You can nest
5890 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5894 \begin_layout Standard
5895 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5896 them from the first line.
5899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5905 \begin_inset Index idx
5908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5922 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5925 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5934 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5939 environment is named
5951 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5961 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5964 \begin_layout Labeling
5965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5967 \begin_inset space ~
5970 labels LyX uses the first
5971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5978 of each line as the item label.
5983 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5984 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5985 blank as described above.
5988 \begin_layout Labeling
5989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5990 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5991 the body of the item text.
5992 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5993 label width plus a little extra space.
5997 \begin_layout Labeling
5998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6000 \begin_inset space ~
6003 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6005 If the label width is larger, the label
6006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6013 into the first line.
6014 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6015 margin of the rest of the item text.
6018 \begin_layout Labeling
6019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6021 \begin_inset space ~
6024 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6029 environment have the same left margin.
6030 \begin_inset Newline newline
6033 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6052 determines the default label width.
6053 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6062 multiple times instead.
6063 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6072 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 every time you alter a label in a
6085 \begin_inset Newline newline
6088 The predefined default width is the length of
6089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6098 \begin_inset Newline newline
6102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6110 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6111 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6124 environment the same way like the
6128 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6134 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6143 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6145 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6147 \begin_inset space ~
6151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6153 reference "sec:Nesting"
6157 to learn about nesting.
6160 \begin_layout Standard
6161 There is yet another feature of the
6165 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6167 You can use additional
6171 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6176 are documented in section
6177 \begin_inset space ~
6181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6183 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6188 Here are some examples:
6189 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6195 \begin_layout Labeling
6196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6197 Left The default for
6204 \begin_layout Labeling
6205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6213 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6216 \begin_layout Labeling
6217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6218 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6229 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6232 \begin_layout Subsection
6234 \begin_inset Index idx
6237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6254 \begin_inset space ~
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6271 \begin_inset space ~
6277 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6278 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6279 In contrast, you can use the
6286 \begin_inset space ~
6291 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6292 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 Of course, you're not limited to using
6304 \begin_inset space ~
6313 \begin_inset space ~
6318 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6319 some European academic papers.
6322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6326 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6338 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6339 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6343 \begin_inset space ~
6348 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6349 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6350 Here's an example of each:
6353 \begin_layout Right Address
6355 \begin_inset Newline newline
6359 \begin_inset Newline newline
6363 \begin_inset Newline newline
6366 When is it? What is today?
6369 \begin_layout Standard
6373 \begin_inset space ~
6379 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6380 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6381 Here's an example of the
6388 \begin_layout Address
6390 \begin_inset Newline newline
6393 Where do I send this
6394 \begin_inset Newline newline
6397 Your post office and country
6400 \begin_layout Standard
6401 As you can see, both
6408 \begin_inset space ~
6413 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6418 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6424 This makes sense, since
6432 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6433 Thus, you have to use
6440 arg "newline-insert newline"
6446 \begin_inset space ~
6449 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6451 \begin_inset space ~
6460 menu) to start a new line in an
6467 \begin_inset space ~
6475 \begin_layout Subsection
6479 \begin_layout Standard
6480 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6481 or list of references.
6482 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6489 \begin_inset Index idx
6492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6506 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6507 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6508 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6509 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6513 in anything else or vice versa.
6519 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6520 The book document classes ignores the
6524 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6528 in a letter document class.
6531 \begin_layout Standard
6536 environment does several things for you.
6537 First, it puts the centered label
6538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6546 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6548 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6549 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6550 the subsequent text.
6551 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6552 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6556 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6560 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6561 The new paragraph will still be in the
6566 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6567 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6570 \begin_layout Standard
6571 \begin_inset Float figure
6576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 \begin_inset Graphics
6579 filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
6586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6587 \begin_inset Caption
6589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6592 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6613 \begin_layout Standard
6614 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6618 environment, but since this document is in the
6619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6626 class, we can't do this.
6627 We inserted it therefore as figure
6628 \begin_inset space ~
6632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6634 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6639 If you've never heard of an
6640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6647 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6656 \begin_inset Index idx
6659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6668 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6680 environment is used to list references.
6681 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6682 only use it at the end of the document.
6687 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6690 \begin_layout Standard
6691 When you first open a
6695 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6711 depending on the document class.
6712 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6713 Each paragraph of the
6717 environment is a bibliography entry.
6722 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6723 Each new paragraph is still in the
6730 \begin_layout Standard
6731 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6732 by using a BibTeX database.
6733 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6734 phy handling, have a look at in section
6735 \begin_inset space ~
6739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6741 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6748 \begin_layout Subsection
6752 \begin_inset Index idx
6755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6756 Paragraph ! LyX code
6762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6771 \begin_layout Standard
6776 environment is another LyX extension.
6777 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6782 key as a fixed whitespace;
6786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6798 \begin_inset space ~
6803 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6808 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6809 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6812 arg "newline-insert newline"
6829 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6830 So, when you finish using the
6834 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6835 Also, you can nest the
6839 environment inside of others.
6842 \begin_layout Standard
6843 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6846 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 arg "newline-insert newline"
6853 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6858 \begin_inset space \space{}
6868 arg "newline-insert newline"
6874 \begin_layout Itemize
6878 arg "newline-insert newline"
6889 \begin_layout Itemize
6894 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6901 \begin_layout Itemize
6905 arg "space-insert protected"
6912 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6914 You must put at least one
6918 in any line you want blank.
6919 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6922 \begin_layout Itemize
6923 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6927 since that will insert
6932 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6935 arg "self-insert \""
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6945 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6949 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6953 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6957 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6961 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6962 printf("Hello World!
6967 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6971 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6975 \begin_layout Standard
6976 This is just the standard
6977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6988 \begin_layout Standard
6993 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6994 rc-files, and so on.
6995 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6996 as if you used a typewriter.
6997 \begin_inset Index idx
7000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7001 Paragraph environments|)
7009 \begin_layout Section
7010 Nesting Environments
7011 \begin_inset Index idx
7014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7015 Nesting ! Environments
7021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7030 \begin_layout Subsection
7034 \begin_layout Standard
7035 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7037 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7039 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7041 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7053 \begin_layout Enumerate
7057 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 \begin_layout Enumerate
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7071 \begin_layout Enumerate
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7076 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7077 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7080 \begin_inset space ~
7084 \begin_inset space ~
7092 \begin_inset space ~
7096 \begin_inset space ~
7105 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7106 will tell you how far you are nested).
7107 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7108 \begin_inset Graphics
7109 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
7114 \begin_inset Graphics
7115 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
7119 or the convenient key bindings
7130 arg "depth-increment"
7136 arg "depth-decrement"
7139 to change the nesting level.
7140 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7141 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7147 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7148 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7149 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7153 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7154 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7156 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7159 \begin_layout Subsection
7160 What You Can and Can't Nest
7163 \begin_layout Standard
7164 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7165 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7168 \begin_layout Standard
7169 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7170 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7171 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7174 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 Completely unnestable
7178 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7184 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7188 \begin_layout Standard
7189 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7190 environments have them:
7193 \begin_layout Description
7194 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7195 Can't nest into them.
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7205 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7223 \begin_layout Itemize
7230 \begin_layout Description
7232 \begin_inset space ~
7235 Nestable You can nest them.
7236 You can nest other things into them.
7240 \begin_layout Itemize
7246 \begin_layout Itemize
7252 \begin_layout Itemize
7258 \begin_layout Itemize
7264 \begin_layout Itemize
7270 \begin_layout Itemize
7276 \begin_layout Itemize
7282 \begin_layout Itemize
7289 \begin_layout Description
7290 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7291 You can't nest anything into them.
7295 \begin_layout Itemize
7301 \begin_layout Itemize
7307 \begin_layout Itemize
7313 \begin_layout Itemize
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Itemize
7331 \begin_layout Itemize
7337 \begin_layout Itemize
7343 \begin_layout Itemize
7349 \begin_layout Itemize
7355 \begin_layout Itemize
7361 \begin_layout Itemize
7367 \begin_layout Itemize
7373 \begin_layout Itemize
7377 \begin_inset space ~
7383 \begin_layout Itemize
7390 \begin_layout Standard
7391 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7399 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7408 \begin_inset space ~
7412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7416 \begin_inset space \space{}
7419 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7420 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7421 section headings violate this.
7429 \begin_layout Subsection
7430 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7431 \begin_inset Index idx
7434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7435 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7444 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7445 affected by nesting anyhow.
7449 \begin_layout Itemize
7453 \begin_layout Itemize
7457 \begin_layout Itemize
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7463 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 Figures and tables in
7475 are not affected by this.
7480 Have a look at section
7481 \begin_inset space ~
7485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7487 reference "sec:Floats"
7491 for more information about
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7500 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7505 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 of its own, it behaves just like a
7514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7521 paragraph environment.
7522 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 Here's an example with a table:
7530 \begin_layout Enumerate
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7536 This is (a) and it's nested.
7540 \begin_layout Standard
7541 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7549 \begin_inset Tabular
7550 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7551 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7637 \begin_layout Standard
7638 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7647 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7651 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 This is (a) and it's nested.
7669 \begin_layout Standard
7670 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7678 \begin_inset Tabular
7679 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7680 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7767 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7773 \begin_layout Enumerate
7780 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7783 \begin_layout Enumerate
7787 \begin_layout Standard
7788 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7793 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7795 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7798 \begin_layout Enumerate
7803 \begin_layout Enumerate
7804 This is (a) and it's nested.
7807 \begin_layout Standard
7808 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7814 \begin_layout Standard
7816 \begin_inset Tabular
7817 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7818 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7904 \begin_layout Standard
7905 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7913 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7921 \begin_layout Enumerate
7925 \begin_layout Standard
7926 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7932 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7933 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7937 \begin_layout Subsection
7938 Usage and General Features
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7951 is the innermost possible depth.
7952 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7955 \begin_layout Enumerate
7956 level #1 – outermost
7960 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 \begin_layout Enumerate
7970 \begin_layout Enumerate
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7991 both of them in the example.
7992 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8002 For example, if we tried to nest another
8007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8014 , we would get errors.
8017 \begin_layout Subsection
8019 \begin_inset Index idx
8022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8032 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8033 We have several examples of nested environments.
8034 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8038 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8039 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8042 \begin_layout Labeling
8043 \labelwidthstring MMM
8044 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8053 \begin_layout Labeling
8054 \labelwidthstring MMM
8055 #2-a This is level #2.
8056 We created it by using
8059 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8065 arg "depth-increment"
8072 \begin_layout Labeling
8073 \labelwidthstring MMM
8074 #3-a This is level #3.
8075 This time, we just hit
8082 arg "depth-increment"
8086 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8090 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8096 arg "depth-increment"
8103 \begin_layout Standard
8108 environment, nested inside of
8109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8117 So, it's at level #4.
8118 We did this by hitting
8121 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8127 arg "depth-increment"
8130 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8135 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8156 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8159 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8165 \begin_layout Labeling
8166 \labelwidthstring MMM
8167 #4-a This is level #4.
8171 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8174 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8179 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8183 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8188 keep nesting things inside
8189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8200 \begin_layout Labeling
8201 \labelwidthstring MMM
8202 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8207 \begin_layout Labeling
8208 \labelwidthstring MMM
8209 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8210 and this is level #6.
8211 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #5-b Back to level #5.
8221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8227 arg "depth-decrement"
8234 \begin_layout Labeling
8235 \labelwidthstring MMM
8239 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8245 arg "depth-decrement"
8248 , we're back at level #4.
8252 \begin_layout Labeling
8253 \labelwidthstring MMM
8254 #3-b Back to level #3.
8255 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8259 \begin_layout Labeling
8260 \labelwidthstring MMM
8261 #2-b Back to level #2.
8266 \begin_layout Labeling
8267 \labelwidthstring MMM
8268 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8269 After this sentence, we'll hit
8273 and change the paragraph environment back to
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 We could have also used the
8297 environment in place of the
8302 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8306 Example 2: Inheritance
8309 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8310 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8313 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8322 arg "depth-increment"
8325 , after which, we'll change to the
8333 \begin_layout Enumerate
8338 environment, at level #2.
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8342 Notice how the nested
8346 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8350 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 We ended this example by hitting
8360 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8364 and reset the nesting depth by using
8367 arg "depth-decrement"
8373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8374 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8383 \begin_inset Argument
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8387 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8395 \begin_layout Enumerate
8396 This is level #1, in an
8400 paragraph environment.
8401 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8405 \begin_layout Enumerate
8410 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8416 arg "depth-increment"
8420 Now, what happens if we nest an
8424 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8425 label be? An asterisk?
8429 \begin_layout Itemize
8439 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8440 So, its label is a bullet.
8441 (We got here by using
8444 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8450 arg "depth-increment"
8453 , then changing the environment to
8461 \begin_layout Itemize
8462 Here's level #4, produced using
8465 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8471 arg "depth-increment"
8475 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8480 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8483 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8488 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8492 , because we are in the
8501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8520 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8526 type of numbering does LyX use?
8529 \begin_layout Enumerate
8530 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8533 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8536 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8539 \begin_layout Enumerate
8543 arg "depth-decrement"
8546 to decrease the depth after the next
8549 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8556 \begin_layout Enumerate
8558 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8562 \begin_layout Enumerate
8564 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8565 numeral as the label.Why?
8568 \begin_layout Enumerate
8569 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8578 Notice, however, that LyX
8582 reset the counter for the label.
8586 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8596 arg "depth-decrement"
8599 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8600 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8601 into the twofold-nested
8609 \begin_layout Enumerate
8610 The same thing happens if we do another
8613 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8619 arg "depth-decrement"
8622 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8626 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8631 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8645 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8651 The same rule applies for the
8655 environment, as well.
8658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8659 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8662 \begin_layout Enumerate
8663 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8664 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8665 same detail with how we did it.
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8682 arg "depth-increment"
8689 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8690 example in parentheses someplace.
8691 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8692 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8693 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8697 \begin_layout Enumerate
8702 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8707 Now we'll add verse.
8708 \begin_inset Newline newline
8711 It will get much worse.
8712 \begin_inset Newline newline
8722 arg "depth-increment"
8733 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8734 \begin_inset Newline newline
8737 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8738 \begin_inset Newline newline
8744 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8766 \begin_inset Tabular
8767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8869 arg "depth-increment"
8875 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8885 arg "depth-decrement"
8892 \begin_layout Enumerate
8897 : level #1) This is another item.
8898 Note that selecting a
8902 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8903 3 times to put the table inside the
8911 \begin_layout Quotation
8912 We're now ending the
8916 list and changing to
8921 We're still at level #1.
8922 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8923 The next set of paragraphs is a
8924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8938 \begin_inset space ~
8943 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8947 for the letter body.
8951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8954 to preserve the depth.
8955 Remember that you need to use
8958 arg "newline-insert newline"
8961 to create multiple lines inside the
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8978 \begin_layout Right Address
8980 \begin_inset Newline newline
8983 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8984 \begin_inset Newline newline
8990 \begin_layout Address
8992 \begin_inset space ~
8998 \begin_layout Quotation
8999 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9003 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9004 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9005 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9006 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9007 as soon as possible.
9008 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9011 \begin_layout Quotation
9012 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9013 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9014 with your order, along with payment.
9017 \begin_layout Quotation
9018 We thank you again for your patience.
9021 \begin_layout Address
9023 \begin_inset Newline newline
9030 \begin_layout Quotation
9031 That ends that example!
9034 \begin_layout Standard
9035 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9036 just a few keystrokes.
9037 We could have easily nested an
9058 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9061 \begin_layout Section
9062 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9063 \begin_inset Index idx
9066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9076 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9077 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9078 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9079 be broken at the end of a line.
9080 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9084 \begin_layout Subsection
9086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9088 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9093 \begin_inset Index idx
9096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9105 \begin_layout Standard
9106 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9108 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9112 Further documentation is given in section
9113 \begin_inset Newline newline
9117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9119 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9127 \begin_layout Standard
9128 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9143 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9152 A protected space is set with
9154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9159 \begin_inset space ~
9169 arg "space-insert protected"
9175 \begin_layout Subsection
9177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9179 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9184 \begin_inset Index idx
9187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 Spacing ! Horizontal
9196 \begin_layout Standard
9197 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9200 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9204 The length units are listed in Appendix
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9211 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9222 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9227 \begin_inset Index idx
9230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9239 \begin_layout Standard
9241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9245 \begin_inset space \space{}
9248 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9249 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9250 \begin_inset space ~
9254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9256 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9261 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9262 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9265 arg "space-insert normal"
9271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9275 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9280 \begin_inset Index idx
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_layout Standard
9294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9301 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9310 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9311 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9312 inside abbreviations:
9317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9321 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9324 \begin_layout Standard
9325 or between values and units.
9326 Compare for example this:
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9341 \begin_layout Standard
9342 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9345 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9347 \begin_inset space ~
9355 arg "space-insert thin"
9361 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9365 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9372 \begin_layout Standard
9373 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9376 \begin_layout Description
9378 \begin_inset space ~
9382 \begin_inset space ~
9386 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9390 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9394 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9397 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9400 \begin_layout Description
9402 \begin_inset space ~
9406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9410 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9414 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9418 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9425 em) space between the arrows.
9428 \begin_layout Description
9430 \begin_inset space ~
9434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9438 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9442 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9446 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9450 \begin_inset space ~
9454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9457 em) space between the arrows.
9460 \begin_layout Description
9462 \begin_inset space ~
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9474 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9478 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9482 \begin_inset space ~
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 em) space between the arrows.
9492 \begin_layout Description
9494 \begin_inset space ~
9498 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9502 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9507 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9514 cm space between the arrows.
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9519 \begin_inset space ~
9523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9525 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9529 lists the different space sizes.
9532 \begin_layout Standard
9533 \begin_inset Float table
9538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9540 \begin_inset Caption
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9545 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9549 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 \begin_inset Tabular
9560 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9561 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9786 \begin_inset Index idx
9789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9799 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9800 in a uniform fashion.
9801 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9802 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9803 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9804 equally between themselves.
9808 \begin_layout Standard
9809 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9814 This is on the left side
9815 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9818 This is on the right
9824 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9828 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9837 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9841 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9845 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 That was an example in the
9858 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9862 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9866 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9869 is one in a standard paragraph.
9870 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9874 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9878 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9881 \begin_inset space ~
9886 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9889 \begin_layout Standard
9891 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9895 \begin_inset space ~
9901 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9907 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9915 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9919 \begin_inset space ~
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9927 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9931 \begin_inset space ~
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9939 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9943 \begin_inset space ~
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9955 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_layout Standard
9962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9970 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9974 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9975 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9976 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9980 option in the space dialog.
9988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9990 \begin_inset Index idx
9993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10002 \begin_layout Standard
10003 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10009 \begin_inset space \space{}
10012 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10015 \begin_layout Standard
10016 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10019 What is correct English?:
10020 \begin_inset Newline newline
10024 \begin_inset Newline newline
10028 \begin_inset space ~
10031 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10032 \begin_inset Newline newline
10036 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10047 \begin_inset Newline newline
10051 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10062 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10074 \begin_inset space ~
10078 \begin_inset space ~
10082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10086 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10089 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10093 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10099 \begin_inset space ~
10103 \begin_inset space ~
10107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10110 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10119 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10120 That is why it is named
10121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10129 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10130 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10134 \begin_layout Subsection
10136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10138 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10143 \begin_inset Index idx
10146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10155 \begin_layout Standard
10156 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10159 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10161 \begin_inset space ~
10167 There you find the following sizes:
10170 \begin_layout Standard
10183 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10188 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10190 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10194 \begin_inset Index idx
10197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10198 Document ! Settings
10203 for the paragraph separation.
10204 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10221 \begin_inset Index idx
10224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10230 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10231 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10233 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10234 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10243 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10252 s are described in section
10253 \begin_inset space ~
10257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10259 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10268 If there are several
10272 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10273 You can therefore use
10277 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10285 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10286 \begin_inset space ~
10290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10292 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10299 \begin_layout Standard
10300 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10310 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10311 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10323 \begin_layout Subsection
10324 Paragraph Alignment
10327 \begin_layout Standard
10328 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10330 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10334 There are five possibilities:
10337 \begin_layout Itemize
10345 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10351 \begin_layout Itemize
10359 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10365 \begin_layout Itemize
10373 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10379 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10393 \begin_layout Itemize
10401 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10408 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10409 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10410 the left and right margins.
10411 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10414 \begin_layout Standard
10416 This paragraph is right aligned,
10419 \begin_layout Standard
10421 this one is centered,
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10426 this one is left aligned.
10429 \begin_layout Subsection
10431 \begin_inset Index idx
10434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10435 Page breaks ! Forced
10441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10443 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10451 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10452 can force a page break where you want one.
10453 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10454 Only if you use a lot of
10458 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10461 \begin_layout Standard
10462 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10463 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10467 have to change the page breaking.
10470 \begin_layout Standard
10471 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10473 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10476 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10478 \begin_inset space ~
10484 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10489 \begin_inset space ~
10494 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10496 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10497 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10500 \begin_layout Standard
10501 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10502 at the top of a page.
10503 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10504 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10505 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10506 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10510 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10514 to learn more about
10521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10525 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10530 \begin_inset Index idx
10533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10534 Page breaks ! Clear
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10543 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10544 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10545 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10546 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10547 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10550 \begin_layout Standard
10551 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10554 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10556 \begin_inset space ~
10562 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10567 \begin_inset space ~
10571 \begin_inset space ~
10576 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10577 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10580 \begin_layout Subsection
10582 \begin_inset Index idx
10585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10594 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10604 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10607 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10609 \begin_inset space ~
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10621 arg "newline-insert newline"
10625 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10628 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10630 \begin_inset space ~
10634 \begin_inset space ~
10639 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10641 This is necessary to avoid
10642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10649 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10652 \begin_layout Standard
10653 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10654 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10655 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10656 set a line break, e.
10657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10661 \begin_inset space \space{}
10664 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10665 \begin_inset space ~
10669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10671 reference "sec:Quote"
10676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10678 reference "sec:Verse"
10683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10685 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10692 \begin_layout Subsection
10694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10696 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10701 \begin_inset Index idx
10704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10730 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10737 you can insert horizontal lines.
10738 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10739 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10759 \begin_layout Section
10760 Characters and Symbols
10763 \begin_layout Standard
10764 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10765 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10770 \begin_inset space \space{}
10773 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10781 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10785 for information on how this is done.
10788 \begin_layout Standard
10789 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10794 dialog via the menu
10796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10797 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10812 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10813 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10814 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10822 \begin_layout Section
10823 Fonts and Text Styles
10824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10826 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10833 \begin_layout Subsection
10835 \begin_inset Index idx
10838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10847 \begin_layout Standard
10848 There are two types of fonts:
10851 \begin_layout Description
10853 \begin_inset space ~
10857 \begin_inset Index idx
10860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10866 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10871 characters) in the font.
10872 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10873 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10874 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10875 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10876 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10877 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10878 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10879 \begin_inset Newline newline
10882 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10883 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10884 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10885 sizes than at small ones.
10886 \begin_inset Newline newline
10900 \begin_inset space ~
10908 \begin_layout Description
10910 \begin_inset space ~
10914 \begin_inset Index idx
10917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10923 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10924 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10925 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10926 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10927 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10928 picture manipulation program.
10929 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10930 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10931 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10932 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10933 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10935 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10936 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10937 \begin_inset Newline newline
10940 Bitmap fonts are named
10943 \begin_inset space ~
10948 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10951 \begin_layout Standard
10952 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10953 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10954 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10955 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10956 use scalable fonts.
10959 \begin_layout Standard
10960 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10961 its document properties.
10964 \begin_layout Standard
10965 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10966 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10967 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10968 font to emphasize text, you use an
10969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10977 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10978 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10982 \begin_layout Subsection
10983 Document Font and Font size
10984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10986 name "sub:Document-Font"
10991 \begin_inset Index idx
10994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11001 \begin_inset Index idx
11004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11013 \begin_layout Standard
11014 You can set the document fonts in the
11016 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11020 \begin_inset Index idx
11023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11024 Document ! Settings
11030 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
11031 font shapes roman (serif),
11034 \begin_inset space ~
11046 \begin_layout Standard
11047 The possible options for the font include
11051 and a list of fonts available on your system.
11056 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
11057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11078 European Computer Modern
11081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11091 \begin_layout Standard
11100 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11101 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11106 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11109 \begin_inset space ~
11114 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11120 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11121 There are three ways to use one:
11124 \begin_layout Itemize
11125 One way is to use the
11135 Virtual means that it
11136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11147 -glyphs from other fonts.
11148 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11170 Loading the LaTeX-package
11175 \begin_inset Index idx
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11179 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11184 with the document preamble line
11185 \begin_inset Newline newline
11192 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11193 \begin_inset Newline newline
11198 will fix the guillemet problem.
11203 and that accented characters are not
11207 glyph, they are build of
11211 characters, the accent and the letter.
11212 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11216 fonts for words with accented characters.
11217 If you search for example for the French word
11218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11225 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11234 and not for the glyph
11235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11239 \begin_inset space ~
11243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11249 \begin_layout Itemize
11250 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11263 , consist of these three main font types
11266 \begin_inset space ~
11295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11299 \begin_inset space ~
11306 as typewriter font.
11307 \begin_inset Newline newline
11310 The differences between roman,
11313 \begin_inset space ~
11322 fonts are explained in section
11323 \begin_inset space ~
11327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11329 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11334 \begin_inset Newline newline
11341 was originally designed for newspapers.
11342 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11343 into the small newspaper columns.
11348 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11351 \begin_layout Itemize
11352 The best solution is to use the
11361 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11365 as the default font.
11366 In most cases they look the same as
11374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11375 One difference is improved kerning for the
11388 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11399 \begin_layout Standard
11400 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11403 For the font size there are four possible values:
11420 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11423 \begin_layout Standard
11424 The font sizes are the
11429 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11430 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11431 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11434 \begin_inset space ~
11440 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11441 \begin_inset space ~
11445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11447 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11454 \begin_layout Standard
11459 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11460 a font to display the script characters.
11464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11465 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11470 So this has no effect for the document language
11486 \begin_layout Standard
11487 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11491 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11499 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11503 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11504 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11505 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11507 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11510 dialog, see section
11511 \begin_inset space ~
11515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11517 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11529 \begin_layout Subsection
11530 Using Different Character Styles
11531 \begin_inset Index idx
11534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11541 \begin_inset Index idx
11544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11553 \begin_layout Standard
11554 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11555 certain paragraph environments.
11556 LyX supports two character styles,
11565 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11569 \begin_layout Standard
11574 style, do one of the following:
11577 \begin_layout Itemize
11578 click on the toolbar button
11579 \begin_inset Graphics
11580 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
11587 \begin_layout Itemize
11588 use the key binding
11597 \begin_layout Standard
11598 These commands are all toggles.
11603 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11606 \begin_layout Standard
11607 One typically uses the
11611 style for proper names.
11613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11620 is the original author of LyX.
11621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 \begin_layout Standard
11628 A more widely used character style is the
11633 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11640 \begin_layout Itemize
11641 clicking on the toolbar button
11642 \begin_inset Graphics
11643 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
11650 \begin_layout Itemize
11651 using the keybindings
11660 \begin_layout Standard
11665 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11666 es use a different font.
11669 \begin_layout Standard
11670 We've been using the
11674 style all over the place in this document.
11675 Here's one more example:
11678 \begin_layout Quotation
11681 Don't overuse character styles!
11684 \begin_layout Standard
11685 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11686 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11687 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11688 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11692 \begin_layout Standard
11693 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11701 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11703 \begin_inset space ~
11711 \begin_layout Subsection
11712 Fine-Tuning with the
11717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11719 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11724 \begin_inset Index idx
11727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11736 \begin_layout Standard
11737 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11738 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11739 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11740 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11741 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11742 from ordinary dialog.
11745 \begin_layout Standard
11746 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11747 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11748 \begin_inset Newline newline
11751 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11752 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11755 \begin_layout Standard
11756 To use custom character styles, open the
11758 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11760 \begin_inset space ~
11766 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11767 font property which you can choose.
11768 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11771 \begin_inset space ~
11776 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11781 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11782 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11783 environments in a snap.
11786 \begin_layout Standard
11787 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11790 \begin_inset space ~
11802 \begin_layout Labeling
11803 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11817 The possible options are:
11821 \begin_layout Labeling
11822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11827 This is the Roman font family.
11828 Normally a serif font.
11829 It's also the default family.
11839 \begin_layout Labeling
11840 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11844 \begin_inset space ~
11851 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11863 \begin_layout Labeling
11864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11871 This is the Typewriter font family.
11877 arg "font-typewriter"
11886 \begin_layout Labeling
11887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11892 This corresponds to the print weight.
11897 \begin_layout Labeling
11898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11903 This is the Medium font series.
11904 It's also the default series.
11907 \begin_layout Labeling
11908 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11915 This is the Bold font series.
11928 \begin_layout Labeling
11929 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11934 As the name implies.
11939 \begin_layout Labeling
11940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11945 This is the Upright font shape.
11946 It's also the default shape.
11949 \begin_layout Labeling
11950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11964 s the Italic font shape
11970 \begin_layout Labeling
11971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11978 This is the Slanted font shape
11980 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11983 \begin_layout Labeling
11984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11988 \begin_inset space ~
11995 This is the Small caps font shape
12002 \begin_layout Labeling
12003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12008 Alters the size of the font.
12009 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12010 nal to the document font size.
12011 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12012 what you want to do.
12017 \begin_layout Labeling
12018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12039 arg "font-size tiny"
12045 \begin_layout Labeling
12046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12067 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12073 \begin_layout Labeling
12074 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12095 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12101 \begin_layout Labeling
12102 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12123 arg "font-size small"
12129 \begin_layout Labeling
12130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12144 It's also the default size.
12148 arg "font-size normal"
12154 \begin_layout Labeling
12155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12176 arg "font-size large"
12182 \begin_layout Labeling
12183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12204 arg "font-size larger"
12210 \begin_layout Labeling
12211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12232 arg "font-size largest"
12238 \begin_layout Labeling
12239 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12260 arg "font-size huge"
12266 \begin_layout Labeling
12267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12288 arg "font-size giant"
12295 \begin_layout Standard
12300 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12301 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12302 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12303 — use that instead.
12304 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12307 \begin_layout Labeling
12308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12313 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12318 \begin_layout Labeling
12319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12326 This is text with emphasize on
12329 This might seem like the same as
12333 , but it is actually a bit different.
12339 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12341 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12344 \begin_layout Labeling
12345 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12352 This is text with Underbar on.
12358 arg "font-underline"
12364 \begin_inset Newline newline
12369 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12370 when you couldn't change fonts.
12371 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12372 It's only included in LyX because some people
12376 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12379 \begin_layout Labeling
12380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12387 This is text with Noun on.
12394 , this is a logical attribute.
12395 Normally it's equivalent to
12398 \begin_inset space ~
12407 \begin_layout Labeling
12408 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12413 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12414 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12418 \begin_inset space ~
12423 , which is the default
12424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12431 and means normally black, you can choose between
12464 \begin_inset Index idx
12467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12476 \begin_layout Labeling
12477 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12482 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12483 the language of the document.
12484 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12488 \begin_layout Standard
12489 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12490 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12492 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12494 \begin_inset space ~
12499 dialog, the settings are saved.
12500 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12501 \begin_inset Graphics
12502 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
12507 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12508 when the dialog isn't visible.
12512 \begin_layout Standard
12513 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12520 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12521 (suppose you just set the shape to
12522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12540 \begin_inset space ~
12552 \begin_layout Standard
12553 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12561 \begin_inset space ~
12573 \begin_layout Itemize
12579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12586 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12604 \begin_inset Newline newline
12608 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12622 \begin_inset Note Note
12625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12626 For more on phantoms see section
12627 \begin_inset space ~
12631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12633 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12643 \begin_inset Newline newline
12649 \begin_layout Itemize
12654 fonts use characters with serifs.
12655 These are the small
12656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12663 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12664 The following example will show the difference:
12665 \begin_inset Newline newline
12669 \begin_inset Newline newline
12674 text without serifs
12677 \begin_inset Newline newline
12680 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12681 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12688 \begin_layout Itemize
12694 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12695 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12698 \begin_layout Standard
12699 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12700 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12703 \begin_layout Section
12704 Printing and Previewing
12707 \begin_layout Subsection
12711 \begin_layout Standard
12712 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12713 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12714 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12715 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12716 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12718 Additional Features
12723 \begin_layout Standard
12724 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12725 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12726 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12727 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12728 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12729 This happens in two stages:
12732 \begin_layout Enumerate
12733 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12734 generating a file with the extension,
12735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12749 \begin_layout Enumerate
12750 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12754 file to produce printable output.
12758 \begin_layout Subsection
12759 Output file formats
12760 \begin_inset Index idx
12763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12772 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12781 \begin_inset Index idx
12784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12785 File formats ! ASCII
12793 \begin_layout Standard
12794 This file type has the extension
12795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12807 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12811 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12818 \begin_layout Standard
12819 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12821 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12822 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12828 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12830 \begin_inset Index idx
12833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12834 File formats ! LaTeX
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 This file type has the extension
12844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12855 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12857 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12858 it manually with console commands.
12859 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12860 you view or export your document.
12863 \begin_layout Standard
12864 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12866 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12867 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12884 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12886 \begin_inset Index idx
12889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12898 \begin_layout Standard
12899 This file type has the extension
12900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12920 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12921 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12922 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12927 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12928 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12929 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12930 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12932 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12935 \begin_layout Standard
12936 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12938 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12939 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12945 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12947 \begin_inset Index idx
12950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12951 File formats ! PostScript
12959 \begin_layout Standard
12960 This file type has the extension
12961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12973 PostScript was developed by the company
12977 as a printer language.
12978 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12980 PostScript can be seen as a
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12984 programming language
12985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12988 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12993 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12999 \begin_inset Index idx
13002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13003 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13013 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13016 \begin_layout Standard
13017 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 Encapsulated PostScript
13022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13025 (EPS, file extension
13026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13038 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13039 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13044 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13045 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13048 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13049 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13050 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13051 EPS to avoid this problem.
13054 \begin_layout Standard
13055 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13057 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13058 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13066 \begin_inset Index idx
13069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13076 \begin_inset Index idx
13079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13088 \begin_layout Standard
13089 This file type has the extension
13090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13106 Portable Document Format
13107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13114 was derived from PostScript.
13115 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13124 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13125 looks exactly the same.
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13129 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13133 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13137 (JPG, file extension
13138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13165 Portable Network Graphics
13166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13169 (PNG, file extension
13170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13182 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13183 in the background to one of these formats.
13184 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13185 will slow down your workflow.
13186 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13189 \begin_layout Standard
13190 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13192 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13195 in three different ways:
13198 \begin_layout Description
13199 PDF This uses the program
13203 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13204 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13208 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13209 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13212 \begin_layout Description
13214 \begin_inset space ~
13217 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13221 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13225 \begin_layout Description
13227 \begin_inset space ~
13230 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13234 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13237 \begin_layout Standard
13238 We recommend to use
13241 \begin_inset space ~
13250 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13251 works without problems.
13256 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13261 \begin_inset Index idx
13264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13265 FileFormats ! XHTML
13271 \begin_inset Index idx
13274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13283 \begin_layout Standard
13284 This file type has the extension
13285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13297 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13298 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13299 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13300 suitable for the purpose.
13301 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13302 it, but not all do.
13305 \begin_layout Standard
13306 XHTML output remains
13307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13314 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13319 LyX and the World Wide Web
13320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13325 Additional Features
13327 manual, for more information.
13330 \begin_layout Standard
13331 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13333 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13334 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13340 \begin_layout Subsection
13342 \begin_inset Index idx
13345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13354 \begin_layout Standard
13355 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13356 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13360 and choose a file type.
13361 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13364 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13367 you can use the toolbar button
13368 \begin_inset Graphics
13369 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13376 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13381 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13383 \begin_inset space ~
13389 \begin_inset Graphics
13390 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13396 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13400 \begin_inset Graphics
13401 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13408 arg "buffer-view ps"
13414 \begin_layout Standard
13415 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13416 viewer window using the menu
13418 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13424 \begin_layout Standard
13425 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13427 To have a real output, export your document.
13430 \begin_layout Subsection
13431 Printing the File from within LyX
13432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13434 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13441 \begin_layout Standard
13442 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13443 it directly from within LyX.
13444 To print a file, select the menu
13446 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13449 or click on the toolbar button
13450 \begin_inset Graphics
13451 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
13456 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13457 This file is then processed by the program
13461 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13466 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13469 \begin_layout Standard
13470 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13471 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13472 printing one set to print on the other side.
13473 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13474 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13475 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13478 \begin_layout Standard
13479 You can set the parameters in the
13482 \begin_inset space ~
13490 \begin_layout Labeling
13491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13496 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13501 Note that this printer name is for the program
13510 has to be configured for this printer name.
13511 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13512 \begin_inset space ~
13516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13518 reference "sub:Printer"
13527 The printer should understand PostScript.
13530 \begin_layout Labeling
13531 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13536 The name of a file to print to.
13537 The output will be a PostScript file.
13538 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13542 \begin_layout Section
13543 A few Words about Typography
13544 \begin_inset Index idx
13547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13556 \begin_layout Subsection
13558 \begin_inset Index idx
13561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13570 \begin_layout Standard
13572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13583 character comes in four lengths: the
13595 , and the minus sign:
13596 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13602 \begin_layout Standard
13603 \begin_inset Tabular
13604 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13605 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13606 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13607 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13608 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13609 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13638 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13678 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13705 \begin_inset space ~
13708 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13715 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13742 \begin_inset space ~
13745 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13766 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13800 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13806 \begin_layout Standard
13807 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13819 character multiple times in a row.
13820 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13821 the final output, but not in LyX.
13823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13853 \begin_layout Standard
13854 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13855 math mode and has a length of its own.
13856 Here are some examples of the
13857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13871 \begin_layout Enumerate
13872 line- and page-breaks
13873 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13883 \begin_layout Enumerate
13885 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13895 \begin_layout Enumerate
13896 Oh — there's a dash.
13897 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13907 \begin_layout Enumerate
13908 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13912 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13922 \begin_layout Subsection
13924 \begin_inset Index idx
13927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13936 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13943 \begin_layout Standard
13944 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13945 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13950 \begin_inset Index idx
13953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13954 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13959 following the rules of the document language
13963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13964 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13972 \begin_inset space ~
13976 \begin_inset space ~
13983 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13994 \begin_layout Standard
13995 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14000 font and with unusual constructs, like
14001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14009 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14010 This is done with the menu
14012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14013 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14015 \begin_inset space ~
14021 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14022 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14025 \begin_layout Standard
14026 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14027 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14045 as a hyphenation possibility.
14046 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14047 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14048 as described in section
14049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14052 Prevent Hyphenation
14053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14063 \begin_layout Subsection
14065 \begin_inset Index idx
14068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14078 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14081 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14088 \begin_layout Standard
14089 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14090 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14091 LaTeX then adds the
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14095 appropriate amount of space
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14100 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14102 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14105 \begin_layout Standard
14106 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14107 not work in all cases.
14109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14120 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14121 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14124 \begin_layout Standard
14125 Here are some examples of
14129 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14132 \begin_layout Itemize
14137 \begin_layout Itemize
14142 \begin_layout Standard
14143 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14146 \begin_layout Itemize
14148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14152 this is too much space!
14155 \begin_layout Itemize
14160 \begin_layout Standard
14161 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14164 \begin_layout Standard
14165 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14168 \begin_layout Enumerate
14172 \begin_inset space ~
14177 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14178 \begin_inset space ~
14182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14184 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14189 \begin_inset Index idx
14192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14193 Spaces ! inter-word
14201 \begin_layout Enumerate
14205 \begin_inset space ~
14210 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14211 \begin_inset space ~
14215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14217 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14222 \begin_inset Index idx
14225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14234 \begin_layout Enumerate
14238 \begin_inset space ~
14242 \begin_inset space ~
14246 \begin_inset space ~
14253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14255 \begin_inset space ~
14260 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14261 This function is also bound to
14264 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14270 \begin_layout Standard
14271 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14274 \begin_layout Itemize
14276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14280 \begin_inset space \space{}
14283 this is too much space!
14286 \begin_layout Itemize
14287 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14291 \begin_layout Standard
14292 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14293 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14294 will take care of this.
14297 \begin_layout Standard
14298 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14302 \begin_inset space ~
14307 feature described in section
14313 Additional Features
14318 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14320 \begin_inset Index idx
14323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14324 Typography ! Quotes
14330 \begin_inset Index idx
14333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14364 \begin_layout Standard
14365 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14366 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14367 and use a closing quote at the end.
14369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14377 The keyboard character,
14381 , generates this automatically.
14384 \begin_layout Standard
14385 You can change the behavior of the
14389 key using the submenu
14395 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14399 \begin_inset Index idx
14402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14403 Document ! Settings
14411 \begin_layout Standard
14412 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14417 There are six choices:
14420 \begin_layout Labeling
14421 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14433 Use quotes like this
14434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14442 \begin_inset Quotes els
14446 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14452 \begin_layout Labeling
14453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14456 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14460 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14466 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14470 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14474 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14480 \begin_layout Labeling
14481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14484 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14488 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14494 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14498 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14502 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14506 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14512 \begin_layout Labeling
14513 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14516 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14520 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14526 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14530 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14534 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14538 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14544 \begin_layout Labeling
14545 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14548 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14552 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14558 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14562 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14566 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14570 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14576 \begin_layout Labeling
14577 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14580 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14584 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14590 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14594 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14598 \begin_inset Quotes als
14602 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14608 \begin_layout Standard
14609 These settings affect what character the
14616 \begin_layout Subsection
14618 \begin_inset Index idx
14621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14622 Typography ! Ligatures
14628 \begin_inset Index idx
14631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14662 name "sub:Ligatures"
14669 \begin_layout Standard
14670 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14671 print them as single characters.
14672 These groups are known as
14677 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14679 Here are the standard ligatures:
14682 \begin_layout Itemize
14686 \begin_layout Itemize
14690 \begin_layout Itemize
14694 \begin_layout Itemize
14698 \begin_layout Itemize
14702 \begin_layout Standard
14703 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14706 \begin_layout Standard
14707 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14708 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14716 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14732 To break a ligature, use
14734 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14735 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14737 \begin_inset space ~
14744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14755 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14772 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14780 \begin_layout Subsection
14782 \begin_inset Index idx
14785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14794 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14801 \begin_layout Standard
14802 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14803 characters in different sizes and heights.
14804 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14805 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14825 \begin_inset Note Note
14828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14829 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14837 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14838 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14843 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14847 \begin_layout Description
14848 LyX The name of the game, write
14849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14870 \begin_layout Description
14871 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14893 \begin_layout Description
14894 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14916 \begin_layout Description
14917 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14939 \begin_layout Standard
14940 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14945 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14953 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14954 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14955 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14958 : The actual version is
14959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14966 , the previous one was
14967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14977 \begin_layout Standard
14978 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14983 \begin_inset space \space{}
14986 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14988 This will look in LyX like:
14989 \begin_inset Graphics
14990 filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png
14996 \begin_inset Newline newline
14999 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15000 \begin_inset space ~
15004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15006 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15013 \begin_layout Subsection
15015 \begin_inset Index idx
15018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15027 \begin_layout Standard
15028 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15029 space between two words.
15030 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15040 for units use the menu
15042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15043 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15045 \begin_inset space ~
15053 arg "space-insert thin"
15059 \begin_layout Standard
15060 Here's an example to show the differences:
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15064 \begin_inset Tabular
15065 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15066 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15067 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15068 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15075 \begin_inset space ~
15079 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15091 space between number and unit
15098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15107 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15119 half space between number and unit
15132 \begin_layout Subsection
15134 \begin_inset Index idx
15137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15138 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15146 \begin_layout Standard
15147 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15149 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15150 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15151 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15152 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15153 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15154 These bits of text became known as
15165 \begin_layout Standard
15166 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15167 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15168 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15169 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15170 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15171 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15172 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15176 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15177 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15178 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15179 \begin_inset space ~
15183 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15185 key "latexcompanion"
15190 \begin_inset space ~
15194 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15200 ] may have more information.
15201 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15204 \begin_layout Chapter
15205 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15208 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15215 \begin_layout Standard
15216 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15221 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15224 \begin_layout Section
15226 \begin_inset Index idx
15229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15245 \begin_layout Standard
15246 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15249 \begin_layout Description
15251 \begin_inset space ~
15254 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15255 \begin_inset Newline newline
15259 \begin_inset Note Note
15262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15263 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15271 \begin_layout Description
15272 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15273 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15275 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15276 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15277 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15280 \begin_inset Newline newline
15284 \begin_inset Note Comment
15287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15288 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15296 \begin_layout Description
15298 \begin_inset space ~
15301 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15302 \begin_inset Newline newline
15306 \begin_inset Newline newline
15310 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15319 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15320 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15321 How this can be done is explained in the
15330 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15336 \begin_inset Newline newline
15340 \begin_inset Newline newline
15343 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15344 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15347 \begin_layout Standard
15348 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15349 \begin_inset Graphics
15350 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
15352 scaleBeforeRotation
15358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15362 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15365 \begin_layout Section
15367 \begin_inset Index idx
15370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15379 name "sec:Footnotes"
15386 \begin_layout Standard
15387 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15393 or the toolbar button
15394 \begin_inset Graphics
15395 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
15408 \begin_inset Graphics
15409 filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15418 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15447 label, the box will
15451 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15452 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15465 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15481 \begin_layout Standard
15482 Here's an example footnote:
15490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15491 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15499 \begin_layout Standard
15500 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15501 position where the footnote box is placed.
15502 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15503 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15504 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15505 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15506 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15511 ey are described in the
15518 \begin_layout Section
15520 \begin_inset Index idx
15523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15532 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15539 \begin_layout Standard
15540 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15541 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15545 \begin_inset space ~
15550 or the toolbar button
15551 \begin_inset Graphics
15552 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15579 appearing within your text.
15580 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15589 \begin_layout Standard
15590 At the side is an example marginal note.
15594 \begin_inset Marginal
15597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15598 This is a marginal note.
15606 \begin_layout Standard
15607 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15608 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15609 pages, right on odd pages.
15612 \begin_layout Section
15613 Graphics and Images
15614 \begin_inset Index idx
15617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15624 \begin_inset Index idx
15627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15636 name "sec:Graphics"
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15644 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15645 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15646 \begin_inset Graphics
15647 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15657 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15660 \begin_layout Standard
15661 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15666 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15667 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15669 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15670 \begin_inset space ~
15674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15676 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15683 \begin_layout Standard
15688 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15689 of the image in the output.
15690 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15694 \begin_inset space ~
15698 \begin_inset space ~
15707 \begin_inset space ~
15711 \begin_inset space ~
15715 \begin_inset space ~
15720 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15721 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15729 \begin_layout Standard
15732 LaTeX and LyX options
15734 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15735 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15739 \begin_inset space ~
15744 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15745 with the image size is printed.
15749 \begin_inset space ~
15753 \begin_inset space ~
15757 \begin_inset space ~
15762 is explained in the
15773 \begin_layout Standard
15774 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15775 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15777 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15781 \begin_layout Standard
15783 \begin_inset Graphics
15784 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
15786 rotateOrigin center
15793 \begin_layout Standard
15794 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15795 the image into a float, see section
15796 \begin_inset space ~
15800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15802 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15809 \begin_layout Subsection
15811 \begin_inset Index idx
15814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15823 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15830 \begin_layout Standard
15831 You can insert images in any known file format.
15832 But as we explained in section
15833 \begin_inset space ~
15837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15839 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15843 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15844 LyX uses therefore the program
15848 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15849 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15850 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15851 \begin_inset space ~
15855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15857 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15864 \begin_layout Standard
15865 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15868 \begin_layout Description
15870 \begin_inset space ~
15873 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15874 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15875 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15879 Graphics Interchange Format
15880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15883 (GIF, file extension
15884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15896 \begin_inset Index idx
15899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15931 Portable Network Graphics
15932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15935 (PNG, file extension
15936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15948 \begin_inset Index idx
15951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15983 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15987 (JPG, file extension
15988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16012 \begin_inset Index idx
16015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16046 \begin_layout Description
16048 \begin_inset space ~
16051 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16053 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16054 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16055 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16056 \begin_inset Newline newline
16059 Scalable image formats can be
16060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16063 Scalable Vector Graphics
16064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16067 (SVG, file extension
16068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16080 \begin_inset Index idx
16083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16115 Encapsulated PostScript
16116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16119 (EPS, file extension
16120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16132 \begin_inset Index idx
16135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16167 Portable Document Format
16168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16171 (PDF, file extension
16172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16184 \begin_inset Index idx
16187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16194 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16195 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16196 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16202 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16211 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16215 \begin_layout Subsection
16216 Grouping of Image Settings
16217 \begin_inset Index idx
16220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16221 Images ! Settings grouping
16229 \begin_layout Standard
16230 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16232 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16233 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16235 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16236 need to manually change each of them.
16240 \begin_layout Standard
16241 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16244 \begin_inset space ~
16249 field in the Graphics dialog.
16250 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16251 by checking the name of the desired group.
16254 \begin_layout Section
16256 \begin_inset Index idx
16259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16275 \begin_layout Standard
16276 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16277 \begin_inset Graphics
16278 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
16285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16289 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16290 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16291 from the rest of the table.
16292 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16293 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16295 Here's an example table:
16298 \begin_layout Standard
16300 \begin_inset Tabular
16301 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16302 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16303 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16506 \begin_layout Subsection
16510 \begin_layout Standard
16511 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16512 brings up the table dialog.
16513 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16514 where the cursor is placed currently.
16515 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16516 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16517 done on all of your selection.
16520 \begin_layout Standard
16521 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16524 \begin_inset space ~
16529 helps you in setting table properties.
16530 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16533 \begin_layout Standard
16537 \begin_inset space ~
16542 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16543 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16544 current cell respectively.
16545 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16547 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16548 of text, see section
16549 \begin_inset space ~
16553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16555 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16562 \begin_layout Standard
16563 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
16564 using the check box
16573 This will merge the cells to
16577 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
16578 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16579 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16580 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16581 in the last row without the upper border:
16584 \begin_layout Standard
16586 \begin_inset Tabular
16587 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16588 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16589 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16590 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16592 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16612 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16724 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16725 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16726 explained in the tables section of the
16729 \begin_inset space ~
16735 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16739 degrees counterclockwise.
16740 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16743 \begin_layout Standard
16744 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 Most DVI-viewers are
16756 able to display rotations.
16764 \begin_layout Standard
16769 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16774 adds lines for all cell borders.
16777 \begin_layout Subsection
16779 \begin_inset Index idx
16782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16783 Tables ! Longtables
16789 \begin_inset Index idx
16792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16801 \begin_layout Standard
16802 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16805 \begin_inset space ~
16809 \begin_inset space ~
16818 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16819 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16822 \begin_layout Description
16827 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16828 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16829 except for the first page, if
16832 \begin_inset space ~
16840 \begin_layout Description
16844 \begin_inset space ~
16849 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16850 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16853 \begin_layout Description
16858 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16859 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16860 except for the last page, if
16863 \begin_inset space ~
16871 \begin_layout Description
16875 \begin_inset space ~
16880 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16881 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16884 \begin_layout Description
16885 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
16886 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16892 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16895 \begin_inset space ~
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16904 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16905 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16906 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16907 The others will then be defined as
16912 In this context, first means first in this order:
16915 \begin_inset space ~
16927 \begin_inset space ~
16933 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16936 \begin_layout Standard
16938 \begin_inset Tabular
16939 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16940 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16941 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16942 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16943 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16944 <row endfirsthead="true">
16945 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16956 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <row endfirsthead="true">
16976 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16996 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <row endhead="true">
17009 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 <row endhead="true">
17040 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 <row endfoot="true">
17073 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17084 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17124 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18074 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18807 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18838 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18900 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18931 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18962 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19024 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19054 <row endlastfoot="true">
19055 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19066 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19075 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 \begin_layout Subsection
19094 \begin_inset Index idx
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19106 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19113 \begin_layout Standard
19114 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19115 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19116 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19117 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19121 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19122 for the cell's paragraph.
19125 \begin_layout Standard
19126 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19127 for the column in the table dialog.
19128 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19129 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19133 \begin_layout Standard
19135 \begin_inset Tabular
19136 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19137 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19139 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 This is longer now.
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19342 This is longer now.
19347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19373 \begin_layout Standard
19374 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19375 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19381 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19387 Selection with the mouse or with
19391 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19392 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19393 the selection from outside the table.
19396 \begin_layout Section
19398 \begin_inset Index idx
19401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19417 \begin_layout Standard
19418 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19419 have a fixed location.
19421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19428 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19436 \begin_inset space ~
19441 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19442 too many notes on the page.
19445 \begin_layout Standard
19446 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19447 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19448 and pages without text.
19449 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19450 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19451 Floats are therefore numbered.
19452 Referencing is described in section
19453 \begin_inset space ~
19457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19459 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19466 \begin_layout Standard
19467 To insert a float, use the menu
19469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19473 A box with a caption that has e.
19474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19478 \begin_inset space \space{}
19482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19486 \begin_inset space ~
19490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19493 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19494 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19496 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19497 \begin_inset Index idx
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19507 paragraph within the float.
19508 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19509 by left-clicking on the box label.
19510 A closed float box looks like this:
19511 \begin_inset Graphics
19512 filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png
19517 – a gray button with a red label.
19520 \begin_layout Standard
19521 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19522 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19525 \begin_layout Subsection
19529 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19531 \begin_inset Index idx
19534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19535 Floats ! Figure floats
19541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19543 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19550 \begin_layout Standard
19553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19554 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19557 inserts a float with the label
19558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19564 \begin_inset space ~
19570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19574 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19575 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19576 This is what we did for Figure
19577 \begin_inset space ~
19581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19583 reference "cap:Platypus"
19588 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19589 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19590 This was done in Figure
19591 \begin_inset space ~
19595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19597 reference "cap:Escher"
19604 \begin_layout Standard
19605 \begin_inset Float figure
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 \begin_inset Graphics
19613 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
19615 rotateOrigin center
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19623 \begin_inset Caption
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19628 name "cap:Platypus"
19632 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19645 \begin_layout Standard
19646 \begin_inset Float figure
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 \begin_inset Caption
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 \begin_inset Graphics
19673 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19675 rotateOrigin center
19687 \begin_layout Standard
19688 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19690 As described in section
19691 \begin_inset space ~
19695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19697 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19701 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19706 and refer to it using the menu
19708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19712 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19721 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
19723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19733 \begin_layout Standard
19734 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19735 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19736 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19737 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19739 \begin_inset space ~
19743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19745 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19749 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19750 You can also set the images one below the other.
19752 \begin_inset space ~
19756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19758 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19765 reference "fig:Platypus"
19769 are the subfigures.
19772 \begin_layout Standard
19773 \begin_inset Float figure
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19783 \begin_inset Float figure
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 \begin_inset Caption
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19794 name "fig:Undefinable"
19806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19807 \begin_inset Graphics
19808 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19819 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19823 \begin_inset Float figure
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 \begin_inset Caption
19831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19834 name "fig:Platypus"
19846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19847 \begin_inset Graphics
19848 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
19860 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19867 \begin_inset Caption
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19872 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19876 Two distorted images.
19889 \begin_layout Standard
19890 Note that the caption is added to the
19893 \begin_inset space ~
19897 \begin_inset space ~
19902 as described in section
19903 \begin_inset space ~
19907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19909 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19918 \begin_inset Index idx
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19922 Floats ! Table floats
19930 \begin_layout Standard
19931 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19934 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19938 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19941 \begin_inset space ~
19945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19947 reference "cap:Table-float"
19951 is an example of a table float.
19954 \begin_layout Standard
19955 \begin_inset Float table
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19961 \begin_inset Caption
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19966 name "cap:Table-float"
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 \begin_inset Tabular
19981 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19982 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20136 \end{array}\right]$
20144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20157 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20178 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20180 \begin_inset Index idx
20183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20184 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20192 \begin_layout Standard
20193 This float type is inserted with the menu
20195 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20196 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20200 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20201 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20205 , described in section
20206 \begin_inset space ~
20210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20212 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20219 \begin_layout Standard
20220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20234 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20237 \begin_layout Standard
20242 floatname{algorithm}{your
20243 \begin_inset space ~
20249 \begin_layout Standard
20250 to the document preamble (menu
20252 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20259 \begin_inset space ~
20265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20281 \begin_inset Index idx
20284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20293 \begin_layout Standard
20294 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 \begin_inset Graphics
20303 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
20305 rotateOrigin center
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20313 \begin_inset Caption
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20318 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20322 This is a wrapped figure.
20323 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20336 This float type is used if you want to
20337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20344 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20346 It can be inserted using the menu
20348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20349 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20351 \begin_inset space ~
20356 if the LaTeX-package
20361 \begin_inset Index idx
20364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20365 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20375 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20378 \begin_inset space ~
20388 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20391 \begin_inset space ~
20395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20397 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20401 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 Available units are explained in Appendix
20411 \begin_inset space ~
20415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20417 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20426 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20430 \begin_layout Standard
20431 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20439 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20444 \begin_inset space \space{}
20447 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20448 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20457 \begin_layout Itemize
20458 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20459 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20460 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20461 page breaks will appear.
20464 \begin_layout Itemize
20465 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20466 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20469 \begin_layout Itemize
20470 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20471 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20474 \begin_layout Itemize
20475 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20478 \begin_layout Subsection
20480 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20482 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20487 \begin_inset Index idx
20490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20499 \begin_layout Standard
20500 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20501 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20505 \begin_inset space ~
20513 \begin_layout Standard
20514 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20515 have a multicolumn document).
20516 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20519 \begin_inset space ~
20525 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20526 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20533 \begin_layout Standard
20534 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20535 format is also the same: Table
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20542 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20546 is an example of a rotated table float.
20549 \begin_layout Standard
20550 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20558 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20566 \begin_layout Standard
20567 \begin_inset Float table
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20573 \begin_inset Caption
20575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20578 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20592 \begin_inset Tabular
20593 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20594 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20659 \begin_layout Subsection
20661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20663 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20668 \begin_inset Index idx
20671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20680 \begin_layout Standard
20681 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20682 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20683 \begin_inset Newline newline
20689 \begin_inset space ~
20694 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20695 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20696 \begin_inset Newline newline
20702 \begin_inset space ~
20707 is used to rotate floats, see section
20708 \begin_inset space ~
20712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20714 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20721 \begin_layout Standard
20722 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20723 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20726 \begin_inset space ~
20730 \begin_inset space ~
20738 \begin_layout Description
20740 \begin_inset space ~
20744 \begin_inset space ~
20747 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20750 \begin_layout Description
20752 \begin_inset space ~
20756 \begin_inset space ~
20759 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20762 \begin_layout Description
20764 \begin_inset space ~
20768 \begin_inset space ~
20771 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20774 \begin_layout Description
20776 \begin_inset space ~
20780 \begin_inset space ~
20783 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787 The order of the above option is
20792 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20796 \begin_inset space ~
20800 \begin_inset space ~
20808 \begin_inset space ~
20812 \begin_inset space ~
20817 , and then the others.
20818 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20820 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20821 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20824 \begin_layout Standard
20825 By default, each option has its own rules:
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20832 \begin_inset space ~
20836 \begin_inset space ~
20841 only floats occupying less than 70
20842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20845 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20848 \begin_layout Standard
20852 \begin_inset space ~
20856 \begin_inset space ~
20861 : only floats occupying less than 30
20862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20865 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20868 \begin_layout Standard
20872 \begin_inset space ~
20876 \begin_inset space ~
20881 : only if more than 50
20882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20885 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20894 \begin_inset space ~
20898 \begin_inset space ~
20906 \begin_layout Standard
20907 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20908 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20909 For this case you can use the option
20912 \begin_inset space ~
20918 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20920 Because the float is then no longer able to
20921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20928 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20931 \begin_layout Standard
20932 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20933 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20936 \begin_layout Standard
20937 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20941 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20948 \begin_layout Section
20950 \begin_inset Index idx
20953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20962 name "sec:Minipages"
20969 \begin_layout Standard
20970 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20972 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20973 \begin_inset space ~
20980 \begin_layout Standard
20981 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20987 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20988 and its alignment within the page.
20991 \begin_layout Standard
20993 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21003 height_special "totalheight"
21006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21009 This is a minipage.
21010 The text is set in an italic style.
21013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21017 another formatting.
21025 \begin_layout Standard
21026 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21029 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21033 as described in section
21034 \begin_inset space ~
21038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21040 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21045 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21051 \begin_layout Standard
21052 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21062 height_special "totalheight"
21065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21066 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21067 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21073 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21077 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21087 height_special "totalheight"
21090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21091 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21092 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21100 \begin_layout Standard
21101 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21109 to other box types.
21110 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21121 \begin_layout Chapter
21122 Mathematical Formulas
21123 \begin_inset Index idx
21126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21133 \begin_inset Index idx
21136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21167 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21174 \begin_layout Standard
21175 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21180 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21183 \begin_layout Section
21185 \begin_inset Index idx
21188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 \begin_layout Standard
21198 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21199 \begin_inset Graphics
21200 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
21205 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21207 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21208 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21209 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21217 \begin_layout Standard
21218 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21222 \begin_inset space ~
21227 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21230 \begin_layout Standard
21231 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21232 line, like this one:
21235 \begin_layout Standard
21236 This is a line with an inline formula
21237 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21243 \begin_layout Standard
21244 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21246 \begin_inset Formula
21253 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21256 \begin_layout Standard
21257 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21263 \begin_inset space \space{}
21267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21280 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21281 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21285 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21288 \begin_inset space ~
21296 \begin_layout Subsection
21297 Navigating in Formulas
21298 \begin_inset Index idx
21301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21310 \begin_layout Standard
21311 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21312 achieved with the arrow keys.
21313 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21314 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21319 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21320 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21324 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21328 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21331 \end{array}\right]$
21339 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21344 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21345 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21348 \begin_layout Standard
21353 , printed in this document as
21354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21375 \begin_inset Note Note
21378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21379 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21380 space character (visible space).
21385 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21386 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21387 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21392 For example, if you want
21393 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21447 , since in the latter case only the
21450 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21455 will be under the square root sign:
21456 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21462 \begin_layout Standard
21463 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21465 \begin_inset Formula
21467 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21476 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21477 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21480 \begin_layout Subsection
21484 \begin_layout Standard
21485 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21486 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21490 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21491 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21492 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21493 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21494 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21497 \begin_layout Subsection
21498 Exponents and Subscripts
21499 \begin_inset Index idx
21502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21509 \begin_inset Index idx
21512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21521 \begin_layout Standard
21522 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21523 way is to use a command.
21525 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21528 , type in a formula
21534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21550 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21556 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21560 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21581 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21590 , you have to use an extra
21594 to separate the hat and the character.
21596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21600 \begin_inset space \space{}
21604 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21625 Subscripts are similar: To get
21626 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21649 \begin_layout Subsection
21651 \begin_inset Index idx
21654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21663 \begin_layout Standard
21664 Create a fraction with either the command
21671 \begin_inset Graphics
21672 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
21680 \begin_inset space ~
21686 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21687 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21688 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21693 To move back up, press
21698 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21699 \begin_inset Formula
21701 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21704 \end{array}\right)}\right]
21712 \begin_layout Subsection
21714 \begin_inset Index idx
21717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21726 \begin_layout Standard
21727 Roots can be created using the
21730 \begin_inset space ~
21736 \begin_inset Graphics
21737 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
21760 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21766 produces always a square root.
21769 \begin_layout Subsection
21770 Operators with Limits
21771 \begin_inset Index idx
21774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21781 \begin_inset Index idx
21784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21793 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21802 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21806 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21809 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21810 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21811 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21812 The sum operator will automatically place its
21813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21820 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21823 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21827 \begin_inset Formula
21829 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
21834 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21838 \begin_layout Standard
21839 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21841 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21842 behind the operator and hitting
21850 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21851 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21853 \begin_inset space ~
21857 \begin_inset space ~
21865 \begin_layout Standard
21866 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21874 feature as addition, such as
21875 \begin_inset Index idx
21878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21885 \begin_inset Formula
21887 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
21892 which will place the
21893 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21905 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21906 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21912 \begin_layout Standard
21913 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21920 Have a look at section
21921 \begin_inset space ~
21925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21927 reference "sub:Functions"
21931 for an explanation of function macros.
21934 \begin_layout Subsection
21936 \begin_inset Index idx
21939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21948 \begin_layout Standard
21949 Most math symbols can be found in the
21952 \begin_inset space ~
21957 under one of several categories; including
21974 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21978 \begin_layout Standard
21979 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21980 you don't have to use the
21983 \begin_inset space ~
21988 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21989 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21992 \begin_layout Subsection
21994 \begin_inset Index idx
21997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22006 \begin_layout Standard
22007 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22012 arg "space-insert protected"
22018 \begin_inset space ~
22024 \begin_inset Graphics
22025 filename ../../images/math/space.png
22030 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22031 For example, the sequence
22036 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22040 \begin_inset Graphics
22041 filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22046 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22047 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22048 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22049 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22051 Here are two examples:
22054 \begin_layout Standard
22064 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22070 \begin_layout Standard
22080 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22086 \begin_layout Subsection
22088 \begin_inset Index idx
22091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22100 name "sub:Functions"
22107 \begin_layout Standard
22111 \begin_inset space ~
22116 contains under the button
22117 \begin_inset Graphics
22118 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
22122 a number of function macros, such as
22123 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22127 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22135 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22142 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22143 avoid confusions, because
22144 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22148 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22154 \begin_layout Standard
22155 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22157 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22161 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22167 \begin_layout Standard
22168 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22169 s are placed, as described in section
22170 \begin_inset space ~
22174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22176 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22183 \begin_layout Subsection
22185 \begin_inset Index idx
22188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22197 \begin_layout Standard
22198 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22200 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22201 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22206 \begin_inset space \space{}
22210 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22213 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22214 Our example is entered by typing
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 \begin_inset space ~
22239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22241 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22245 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22248 \begin_layout Standard
22249 \begin_inset Float table
22254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22255 \begin_inset Caption
22257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22260 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22264 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22274 \begin_inset Tabular
22275 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22276 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22363 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22417 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22471 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22525 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22579 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22633 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22687 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22741 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22795 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22840 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22861 \begin_layout Standard
22862 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22865 \begin_inset space ~
22871 \begin_inset Graphics
22872 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
22876 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22880 \begin_layout Section
22881 Brackets and Delimiters
22882 \begin_inset Index idx
22885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22892 \begin_inset Index idx
22895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22904 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22911 \begin_layout Standard
22912 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22913 For most purposes, using just the keys
22918 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22919 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22920 toolbar delimiter icon
22921 \begin_inset Graphics
22922 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
22927 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22929 \begin_inset Formula
22931 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22939 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22940 \begin_inset Formula
22942 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
22950 \begin_layout Standard
22951 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22952 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22955 \begin_layout Standard
22956 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22957 left side and right side.
22958 If you use the option
22961 \begin_inset space ~
22966 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22967 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22968 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22969 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22972 \begin_layout Standard
22973 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22974 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22975 inside the brackets.
22976 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22981 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22984 \begin_layout Section
22985 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22986 \begin_inset Index idx
22989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22996 \begin_inset Index idx
22999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23006 \begin_inset Index idx
23009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23010 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23018 \begin_layout Standard
23019 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23022 \begin_inset space ~
23028 \begin_inset Graphics
23029 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
23034 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23035 Here is an example:
23036 \begin_inset Formula
23038 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23047 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23048 \begin_inset space ~
23052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23054 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23059 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23060 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23061 This alignment is set in the box
23066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23114 for every column as default.
23115 For example, the sequence
23116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23127 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23128 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23129 corresponds to the relevant column.
23130 The result will look like this:
23131 \begin_inset Formula
23134 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23135 column & has & has\, right\\
23136 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23145 \begin_layout Standard
23146 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23149 arg "newline-insert newline"
23152 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23153 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23158 or the math toolbar.
23161 \begin_layout Standard
23162 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23163 It can be created with the menu
23165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23166 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23168 \begin_inset space ~
23180 Here is an example:
23181 \begin_inset Formula
23195 \begin_layout Standard
23196 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23199 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23202 arg "newline-insert newline"
23206 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23211 arg "newline-insert newline"
23214 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23222 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23223 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23224 A new row is created by every further hit of
23227 arg "newline-insert newline"
23231 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23232 Here is an example:
23233 \begin_inset Formula
23235 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23236 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23241 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23242 where you want to start the shift and hit
23247 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23248 position to the next column.
23249 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23250 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23251 \begin_inset Formula
23253 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23261 \begin_layout Standard
23262 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23269 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23270 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23273 reference "eq:asquared"
23278 The other types are described in section
23279 \begin_inset space ~
23283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23285 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23292 \begin_layout Section
23293 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23294 \begin_inset Index idx
23297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23298 Math ! Formula numbering
23304 \begin_inset Index idx
23307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23308 Math ! Referencing formulas
23314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23316 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23323 \begin_layout Standard
23324 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23326 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23327 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23329 \begin_inset space ~
23337 arg "math-number-toggle"
23341 The formula number appears in LyX as
23342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23349 within parentheses.
23351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23358 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23360 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23361 the document class.
23362 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23363 separated by a dot:
23364 \begin_inset Formula
23374 arg "math-number-toggle"
23377 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23378 You can only number displayed formulas.
23381 \begin_layout Standard
23382 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23384 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23385 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23387 \begin_inset space ~
23391 \begin_inset space ~
23395 \begin_inset space ~
23403 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23406 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23407 \begin_inset Formula
23410 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23416 To number all lines use the shortcut
23419 arg "math-number-toggle"
23425 \begin_layout Standard
23426 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23429 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23430 A label is inserted with the menu
23432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23435 when the cursor is in the formula.
23436 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23437 It is recommended to use the proposed
23438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23449 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23450 type when you have many labels in your document.
23451 We inserted in the following example the label
23452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23459 in the second line:
23460 \begin_inset Formula
23462 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23463 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23468 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23469 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23479 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23483 \begin_inset space ~
23489 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23490 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23491 as the formula number:
23494 \begin_layout Standard
23495 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23498 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23505 \begin_layout Standard
23506 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23507 \begin_inset space ~
23511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23513 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23518 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23524 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23529 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23537 \begin_layout Section
23538 User defined math macros
23539 \begin_inset Index idx
23542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23551 \begin_layout Standard
23552 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23553 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23554 Math macros are explained in section
23557 \begin_inset space ~
23569 \begin_layout Section
23573 \begin_layout Subsection
23575 \begin_inset Index idx
23578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 \begin_layout Standard
23588 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23589 To set a font in a formula, use the
23592 \begin_inset space ~
23598 \begin_inset Graphics
23599 filename ../../images/math/font.png
23603 , or enter its command, listed in table
23604 \begin_inset space ~
23608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23610 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23617 \begin_layout Standard
23618 \begin_inset Float table
23623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 \begin_inset Caption
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23629 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23633 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23643 \begin_inset Tabular
23644 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23645 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23646 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23679 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23733 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23766 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23793 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23820 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23881 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23915 \begin_layout Standard
23916 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23924 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23940 \begin_layout Standard
23941 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23942 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23947 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
23948 space when you need a space in the box.
23949 Here an example where
23950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23961 denotes the set of numbers:
23962 \begin_inset Formula
23964 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23973 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23975 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23979 \begin_inset space \space{}
23991 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23995 \begin_inset Newline newline
23998 So it is better not to use this feature.
24001 \begin_layout Standard
24002 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24003 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24007 \begin_inset Newline newline
24010 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24016 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24017 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24023 \begin_layout Standard
24030 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24033 \begin_layout Standard
24034 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24037 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24039 \begin_inset space ~
24047 \begin_layout Subsection
24049 \begin_inset Index idx
24052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24061 \begin_layout Standard
24062 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24064 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24068 \begin_inset space ~
24072 \begin_inset space ~
24080 \begin_inset space ~
24086 \begin_inset Graphics
24087 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24098 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24099 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24100 Here is an example:
24101 \begin_inset Formula
24104 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24105 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24114 \begin_layout Subsection
24116 \begin_inset Index idx
24119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24129 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24130 automatically chosen in most situations.
24148 For most characters,
24156 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24157 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24162 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24163 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24165 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24166 \begin_inset Graphics
24167 filename ../../images/math/style.png
24172 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24173 For example, you can set
24174 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24177 , which is normally in
24186 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24190 The four styles are used in the following example:
24193 \begin_layout Standard
24194 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24198 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24202 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24206 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24212 \begin_layout Standard
24213 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24214 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24216 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24218 \begin_inset space ~
24223 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24224 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24225 will be adjusted to correspond.
24226 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24241 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24247 \begin_layout Section
24251 \begin_layout Standard
24252 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24253 the document classes and into layout modules.
24254 \begin_inset Index idx
24257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24263 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24264 other than the AMS classes.
24266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24268 reference "sub:Modules"
24272 for more on layout modules.
24275 \begin_layout Section
24277 \begin_inset Index idx
24280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24287 \begin_inset Index idx
24290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24299 \begin_layout Standard
24300 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24301 (AMS) that are in common use.
24304 \begin_layout Subsection
24305 Enabling AMS-Support
24308 \begin_layout Standard
24309 Selecting the checkbox
24312 \begin_inset space ~
24316 \begin_inset space ~
24320 \begin_inset space ~
24327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24331 \begin_inset Index idx
24334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24335 Document ! Settings
24343 \begin_inset space ~
24348 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24350 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24351 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24354 \begin_layout Subsection
24356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24358 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24363 \begin_inset Index idx
24366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24367 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24375 \begin_layout Standard
24376 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24377 LyX allows you to choose between
24398 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24401 \begin_layout Chapter
24405 \begin_layout Section
24407 \begin_inset Index idx
24410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24419 name "sec:Cross-References"
24426 \begin_layout Standard
24427 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24428 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24430 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24431 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24432 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24435 \begin_layout Enumerate
24439 \begin_layout Enumerate
24440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24442 name "enu:Second-item"
24449 \begin_layout Enumerate
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24454 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24459 or by pressing the toolbar button
24460 \begin_inset Graphics
24461 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
24467 A grey label box like this:
24468 \begin_inset Graphics
24469 filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png
24474 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24475 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24510 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24515 \begin_inset space \space{}
24518 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24533 \begin_layout Standard
24534 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24539 or the toolbar button
24540 \begin_inset Graphics
24541 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24547 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24548 \begin_inset Graphics
24549 filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png
24554 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24556 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24569 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24579 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24584 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24585 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24587 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24593 \begin_layout Standard
24594 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24595 \begin_inset space ~
24599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24601 reference "enu:Second-item"
24608 \begin_layout Standard
24609 It is recommended to use a protected space
24613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24614 described in section
24615 \begin_inset space ~
24619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24621 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24630 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24634 \begin_layout Standard
24635 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24638 \begin_layout Description
24639 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
24640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24642 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24649 \begin_layout Description
24650 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
24651 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
24653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24663 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24670 \begin_layout Description
24671 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24672 \begin_inset space ~
24676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24677 LatexCommand pageref
24678 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24685 \begin_layout Description
24687 \begin_inset space ~
24691 \begin_inset space ~
24694 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24696 LatexCommand vpageref
24697 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24704 \begin_layout Description
24706 \begin_inset space ~
24710 \begin_inset space ~
24714 \begin_inset space ~
24717 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24720 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24727 \begin_layout Description
24729 \begin_inset space ~
24732 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24733 \begin_inset Newline newline
24737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24745 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24754 \begin_inset Index idx
24757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24758 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24764 \begin_inset Index idx
24767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24768 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
24781 \begin_layout Description
24783 \begin_inset space ~
24786 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
24787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24788 LatexCommand nameref
24789 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24801 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24808 \begin_inset space \space{}
24812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24826 <reference> on page <page>
24828 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24831 \begin_layout Standard
24832 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
24833 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24834 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24838 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24842 \begin_layout Standard
24843 You can only use the style
24847 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24851 is always possible.
24854 \begin_layout Standard
24855 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24856 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24858 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24859 \begin_inset space ~
24863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24865 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24872 \begin_layout Standard
24873 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24877 \begin_inset space ~
24881 \begin_inset space ~
24886 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24887 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24890 \begin_inset space ~
24895 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24896 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24897 \begin_inset Graphics
24898 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24899 rotateOrigin center
24906 \begin_layout Standard
24907 You can change labels at any time.
24908 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24909 do not need to take care about this.
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24914 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24917 \begin_layout Standard
24918 References are described in detail in sec.
24919 \begin_inset space ~
24923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24937 \begin_layout Section
24938 Table of Contents and other Listings
24939 \begin_inset Index idx
24942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24949 \begin_inset Index idx
24952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24968 \begin_layout Subsection
24970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24972 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24979 \begin_layout Standard
24980 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24983 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24985 \begin_inset space ~
24989 \begin_inset space ~
24995 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24996 If you click on it, the
25000 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25001 sections in your documents.
25002 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25004 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25007 that is described in sec.
25008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25014 reference "sec:Navigating"
25021 \begin_layout Standard
25022 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25023 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25025 \begin_inset space ~
25029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25031 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25035 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25037 \begin_inset space ~
25041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25043 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25047 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25049 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25052 \begin_layout Subsection
25053 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25056 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25063 \begin_layout Standard
25064 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25065 You can insert them via the
25067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25069 \begin_inset space ~
25073 \begin_inset space ~
25079 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25082 \begin_layout Section
25083 URLs and Hyperlinks
25084 \begin_inset Index idx
25087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25094 \begin_inset Index idx
25097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25106 \begin_layout Subsection
25108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25128 \begin_inset Flex URL
25131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25141 \begin_layout Standard
25142 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25148 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25152 \begin_layout Standard
25153 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25161 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25169 \begin_layout Subsection
25171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25173 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25180 \begin_layout Standard
25181 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25183 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25186 or with the toolbar button
25187 \begin_inset Graphics
25188 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
25193 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25202 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25203 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25204 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25206 name "LyX's homepage"
25207 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25211 , an Email address like this:
25212 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25214 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25215 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25220 , or a link to a file.
25223 \begin_layout Standard
25224 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25237 to the link target.
25240 \begin_layout Standard
25241 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25242 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25243 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25244 the text style dialog.
25245 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25249 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25251 name "LyX's homepage"
25252 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25259 \begin_layout Standard
25260 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25264 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25266 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25267 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25271 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25273 \begin_inset Newline newline
25281 \begin_inset Newline newline
25288 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25291 \begin_layout Section
25293 \begin_inset Index idx
25296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25305 name "sec:Appendices"
25312 \begin_layout Standard
25313 Appendices are created with the menu
25315 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25317 \begin_inset space ~
25321 \begin_inset space ~
25327 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25328 as the appendix region.
25329 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25332 \begin_layout Standard
25333 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25334 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25335 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25336 and the subsection number.
25337 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25341 \begin_layout Standard
25343 \begin_inset space ~
25347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25349 reference "cha:Credits"
25354 \begin_inset space ~
25358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25360 reference "sub:Export"
25367 \begin_layout Section
25369 \begin_inset Index idx
25372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25381 name "sec:Bibliography"
25388 \begin_layout Standard
25389 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25390 You can include a bibliography database,
25394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25395 Known under the name
25396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25408 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25409 manually, using the paragraph environment
25413 , which was described in section
25414 \begin_inset space ~
25418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25420 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25425 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25426 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25430 use a bibliography database.
25433 \begin_layout Subsection
25434 The Bibliography Environment
25437 \begin_layout Standard
25442 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25444 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25453 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25455 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25464 , a short form of its title, as key.
25467 \begin_layout Standard
25468 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25473 or the toolbar button
25474 \begin_inset Graphics
25475 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25480 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25481 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25482 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25483 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25487 \begin_layout Standard
25488 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25489 entry with surrounding brackets.
25494 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25495 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25507 \begin_layout Standard
25510 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25515 key "latexcompanion"
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25523 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25524 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25533 \begin_layout Subsection
25534 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25535 \begin_inset Index idx
25538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25539 Bibliography ! Databases
25545 \begin_inset Index idx
25548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25549 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25557 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25564 \begin_layout Standard
25565 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25571 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25573 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25574 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25579 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25581 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25582 your working field in a database.
25583 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25584 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25586 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25590 \begin_layout Standard
25591 The database is a text file with the file extension
25592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25603 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25604 The format is explained in
25605 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25611 and in LaTeX books (
25612 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25614 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25619 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25620 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25621 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25622 \begin_inset Flex URL
25625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25627 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25635 \begin_layout Standard
25636 To use a database, use the menu
25638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25643 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25656 \begin_inset space ~
25662 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25663 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25666 Add bibliography to TOC
25668 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25673 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
25674 in the document or just the cited references.
25677 \begin_layout Standard
25678 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25690 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25691 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25692 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25694 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25700 For information how this is done, have a look at
25701 \begin_inset Newline newline
25705 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25707 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25724 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25725 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25728 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25756 \begin_inset space ~
25762 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25777 \begin_layout Standard
25778 When you select the option
25780 Sectioned bibliography
25784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25787 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25788 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25790 Customizing Bibliographies
25798 Additional Features
25803 \begin_layout Standard
25804 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25805 the two methods of creating them.
25806 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25807 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25808 We used the style file
25812 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25815 \begin_layout Subsection
25816 Bibliography layout
25817 \begin_inset Index idx
25820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25821 Bibliography ! Layout
25829 \begin_layout Standard
25830 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25831 For this feature you need to enable the option
25837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25841 \begin_inset Index idx
25844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25845 Document ! Settings
25855 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25856 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25857 in the previous section.
25860 \begin_layout Standard
25861 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25862 in the citation reference window.
25863 Here an example where we set the text
25864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25868 \begin_inset space ~
25872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25875 to appear after the reference:
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25880 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25883 key "latexcompanion"
25890 \begin_layout Section
25892 \begin_inset Index idx
25895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25911 \begin_layout Standard
25912 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25916 \begin_inset space ~
25921 or the toolbar button
25922 \begin_inset Graphics
25923 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
25929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25940 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25941 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25942 by LyX as the index entry.
25945 \begin_layout Standard
25946 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25947 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25949 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25951 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25959 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25963 \begin_inset space ~
25967 \begin_inset space ~
25970 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25972 \begin_inset space ~
25978 A light blue box labeled
25979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25990 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25991 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25994 \begin_layout Subsection
25995 Grouping Index Entries
25996 \begin_inset Index idx
25999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26009 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26011 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26012 lists under the entry
26013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26021 First we create the entry
26022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26030 \begin_inset space ~
26034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26036 reference "sub:Lists"
26041 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26042 \begin_inset space ~
26046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26048 reference "sec:Itemize"
26052 , we insert the command
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26071 \begin_layout Standard
26072 for the enumerated list in section
26073 \begin_inset space ~
26077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26079 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26086 \begin_layout Standard
26087 The exclamation mark
26088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26095 marks the grouping levels.
26096 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26097 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26098 If we don't have an index entry for
26099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26106 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26109 \begin_layout Subsection
26111 \begin_inset Index idx
26114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26115 Index ! Page ranges
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26124 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26126 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26127 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26129 \begin_inset space ~
26133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26135 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26142 \begin_layout Standard
26145 Paragraph environments|(
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26149 and another entry at the end of section
26150 \begin_inset space ~
26154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26156 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26163 \begin_layout Standard
26166 Paragraph environments|)
26169 \begin_layout Standard
26171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26194 respectively start and end the index range.
26195 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26196 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26197 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26198 An example is the index entry
26199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26202 Document ! Settings
26203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26209 \begin_layout Subsection
26211 \begin_inset Index idx
26214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26215 Index ! Cross referencing
26223 \begin_layout Standard
26224 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26225 We referred for example in the index entry
26226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26234 \begin_inset space ~
26238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26240 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26244 ) to the index entry
26245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26252 in the same section using the entry
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26258 GIF|see{Image formats}
26261 \begin_layout Standard
26262 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26263 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26264 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26267 \begin_layout Subsection
26269 \begin_inset Index idx
26272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26273 Index ! Entry order
26281 \begin_layout Standard
26282 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26283 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26284 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26289 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26291 \begin_inset space ~
26295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26297 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26306 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26307 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26332 \begin_inset Index idx
26335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26336 Dummy entries ! maïs
26342 \begin_inset Index idx
26345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26346 Dummy entries ! maître
26352 \begin_inset Index idx
26355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26356 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26361 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26362 order maïs, maison, maître.
26363 To achieve this, we use the command
26366 \begin_layout Standard
26369 previous entry@current entry
26372 \begin_layout Standard
26373 In our case we want to have
26374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26389 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26398 \begin_layout Standard
26399 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26400 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26404 \begin_layout Standard
26405 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26412 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26417 to generate the index (see sec.
26418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26424 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26433 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26441 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26445 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26446 index commands start with
26447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26459 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26464 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26467 \begin_layout Standard
26479 \begin_layout Standard
26491 \begin_layout Subsection
26493 \begin_inset Index idx
26496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26497 Index ! Entry layout
26505 \begin_layout Standard
26506 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26507 \begin_inset Index idx
26510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26513 This is an italic dummy entry
26518 You can also format the page number using the character
26519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26526 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26527 We can write for example
26530 \begin_layout Standard
26533 italic page number:|textit
26536 \begin_layout Standard
26537 to get the page number in italic.
26538 \begin_inset Index idx
26541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26542 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26547 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26565 \begin_inset space ~
26571 Have a look at section
26572 \begin_inset space ~
26576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26578 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26582 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26586 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26594 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26598 to generate the index, see sec.
26599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26605 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26614 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26615 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26616 they can be used, see
26617 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26620 key "latexcompanion"
26632 \begin_layout Standard
26633 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26635 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26636 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26637 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26638 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26639 If so, put the following in the preamble
26642 \begin_layout Standard
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26658 \begin_layout Standard
26664 \begin_layout Standard
26665 in the index entry.
26666 \begin_inset Index idx
26669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26670 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26675 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26676 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26677 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26680 \begin_layout Standard
26681 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26687 \begin_inset space \space{}
26690 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26691 for all index entries.
26692 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26704 documentation for details,
26705 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26707 key "makeindex,xindy"
26714 \begin_layout Subsection
26716 \begin_inset Index idx
26719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26728 name "sub:Index-Program"
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26736 If the index entry program
26740 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26744 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26753 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26754 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26755 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26756 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26757 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26767 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26768 dialog, see section
26769 \begin_inset space ~
26773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26775 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26780 The available options are listed and explained in
26781 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26783 key "makeindex,xindy"
26788 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26793 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26794 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26797 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26798 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26799 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26803 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26804 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26807 \begin_layout Subsection
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26812 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26813 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26821 next to the standard index.
26822 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26823 packages that add this feature.
26829 \begin_inset Index idx
26832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26833 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26838 package to generate multiple indexes.
26839 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26840 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26841 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26848 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26849 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26850 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26853 \begin_layout Standard
26854 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26856 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26857 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26858 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26865 Use multiple Indexes
26866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26870 Note that the list of
26871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26878 below already contains the standard index.
26879 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26880 also appear as a heading) to the
26881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26888 input field and press the
26889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26897 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26898 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26899 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26903 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26909 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26910 indexes in the LyX work area.
26913 \begin_layout Standard
26914 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26919 \begin_inset space ~
26923 \begin_inset space ~
26932 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26933 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26934 are some additional features:
26937 \begin_layout Itemize
26938 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26939 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26942 \begin_layout Itemize
26943 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26944 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26953 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26958 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26959 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26960 to the non-subindexes.
26963 \begin_layout Section
26964 Nomenclature / Glossary
26965 \begin_inset Index idx
26968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26975 \begin_inset Index idx
26978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27009 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27016 \begin_layout Standard
27017 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27018 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27023 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27028 \begin_inset Index idx
27031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27032 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27038 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27039 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27045 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27048 \begin_layout Standard
27049 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27050 and then use the menu
27052 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27058 \begin_inset space ~
27063 or the toolbar button
27064 \begin_inset Graphics
27065 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
27071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27082 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27085 \begin_layout Standard
27086 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27087 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27088 The second is the description of the symbol.
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27092 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27100 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27108 \begin_layout Subsection
27109 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27110 \begin_inset Index idx
27113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27114 Nomenclature ! Layout
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27123 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27127 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27133 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27141 \begin_inset Newline newline
27149 \begin_inset Newline newline
27155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27162 character starts/ends the formula.
27163 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27175 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27186 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27187 \begin_inset space ~
27191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27193 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27200 \begin_layout Standard
27204 \begin_inset space ~
27209 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27210 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27215 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27222 in this document is:
27223 \begin_inset Newline newline
27228 dummy entry for the character
27233 \begin_inset Newline newline
27245 \begin_inset space ~
27255 font use the command
27284 \begin_layout Subsection
27285 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27286 \begin_inset Index idx
27289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27290 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27299 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27300 the symbol definition.
27301 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27302 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27305 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27306 LatexCommand nomenclature
27308 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27315 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27319 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27320 LatexCommand nomenclature
27323 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27328 They will be sorted by
27329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27355 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27358 will be sorted before the
27362 since the character
27363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27370 is considered in sorting.
27373 \begin_layout Standard
27374 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27377 \begin_inset space ~
27382 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27383 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27385 For the example given, you can insert
27389 in this field for the
27390 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27397 will be located before
27398 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27404 \begin_layout Standard
27405 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27410 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27419 \begin_layout Subsection
27420 Nomenclature Options
27421 \begin_inset Index idx
27424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27425 Nomenclature ! Options
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27438 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27439 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27442 \begin_layout Description
27443 refeq Appends the phrase
27444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27459 to every nomenclature entry, where
27465 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27468 \begin_layout Description
27469 refpage Appends the phrase
27470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27485 to every nomenclature entry, where
27491 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27494 \begin_layout Description
27495 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27498 \begin_layout Standard
27499 There are furthermore the options
27543 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27547 \begin_layout Standard
27548 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27549 class options list in the
27551 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27555 In this document the option
27562 \begin_layout Standard
27563 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27569 \begin_layout Standard
27570 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27571 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27576 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27579 \begin_layout Description
27589 \begin_layout Description
27592 nomrefpage Like the
27599 \begin_layout Description
27602 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27611 \begin_layout Description
27615 \begin_inset space ~
27621 \begin_inset space ~
27626 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27629 \begin_layout Subsection
27630 Printing the Nomenclature
27631 \begin_inset Index idx
27634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27635 Nomenclature ! Printing
27643 \begin_layout Standard
27644 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27648 \begin_inset space ~
27652 \begin_inset space ~
27655 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27659 A light blue box labeled
27660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27671 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27672 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27676 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27685 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27693 For example, in order to change the name to
27697 , add the following line to the preamble:
27700 \begin_layout Standard
27708 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27712 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27719 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27720 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27731 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27737 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27738 \begin_inset space ~
27742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27744 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27749 The default value is 1
27750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27756 \begin_layout Subsection
27757 Nomenclature Program
27758 \begin_inset Index idx
27761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27762 Nomenclature ! Program
27768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27770 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27778 LyX uses the program
27782 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27783 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27788 by adding options, see section
27789 \begin_inset space ~
27793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27795 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27800 The available options are listed and explained in
27801 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27803 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27810 \begin_layout Section
27812 \begin_inset Index idx
27815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27822 \begin_inset Index idx
27825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27826 Document ! Branches
27832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27834 name "sec:Branches"
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27842 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27843 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27844 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27845 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27848 \begin_layout Standard
27849 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27850 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27851 To create a branch, go in the
27853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27861 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27862 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27866 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27867 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27872 where you can choose a branch.
27873 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27877 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27878 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27882 \begin_inset Branch Question
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27886 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27894 \begin_layout Standard
27895 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27908 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27915 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27916 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27918 For example you can define for the question branch
27922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27923 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27924 \begin_inset space ~
27928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27930 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27952 \begin_layout Standard
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27963 and for the answer branch
27966 \begin_layout Standard
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27986 \begin_layout Standard
27987 \begin_inset Branch Question
27990 \begin_layout Standard
27994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28023 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28026 \begin_layout Standard
28030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28058 \begin_layout Standard
28059 Now it is possible to use the commands
28063 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28070 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28073 to obtain conditional output.
28074 Here is an example formula where only the
28081 \begin_inset Formula
28083 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28092 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28100 \begin_layout Section
28102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28104 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28109 \begin_inset Index idx
28112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28121 \begin_layout Standard
28126 dialog allows you in the
28130 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28131 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28136 \begin_inset Index idx
28139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28140 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28148 \begin_layout Standard
28153 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28154 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28155 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28157 You can specify in the dialog tab
28161 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28163 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28164 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28173 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28174 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28175 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28177 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28178 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28180 \begin_inset space ~
28183 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28184 \begin_inset space ~
28187 1 will only display the sections.
28190 \begin_layout Standard
28191 The header information in the dialog tab
28195 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28196 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28201 \begin_inset space \space{}
28204 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28205 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28208 Automatic fill header
28210 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28211 title and author settings.
28214 \begin_layout Standard
28217 Load in fullscreen mode
28219 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28222 \begin_layout Standard
28223 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28224 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28230 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28231 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28240 \begin_layout Section
28241 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28244 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28251 \begin_layout Subsection
28253 \begin_inset Index idx
28256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28265 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28272 \begin_layout Standard
28273 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28274 constructs, but not all.
28275 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28276 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28277 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28278 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28279 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28284 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28286 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28290 \begin_inset space ~
28295 or by the toolbar button
28296 \begin_inset Graphics
28297 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
28302 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28307 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28308 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28309 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28310 using the LaTeX-command
28316 , you can write the command part
28322 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28326 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28327 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28328 the following example:
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28332 \begin_inset Graphics
28333 filename ../clipart/ERT.png
28341 \begin_layout Standard
28345 \begin_layout Standard
28346 This is a line with a
28350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28373 \begin_layout Standard
28374 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28382 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28383 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28391 \begin_layout Subsection
28392 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28393 \begin_inset Argument
28396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28403 \begin_inset Index idx
28406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28415 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28422 \begin_layout Standard
28423 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28424 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28425 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28434 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28435 any time if you know the right commands.
28437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28441 \begin_inset space \space{}
28444 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28446 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28447 all caption labels bold.
28448 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28450 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28454 \begin_layout Standard
28455 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28456 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28457 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28459 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28468 \begin_layout Standard
28469 As result you know that the package
28474 \begin_inset Index idx
28477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28478 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28484 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28486 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28492 \begin_layout Standard
28497 usepackage[options]{package name}
28500 \begin_layout Standard
28501 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28502 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28503 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28506 \begin_layout Standard
28507 In your case the package name is
28512 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28517 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28518 So you add the command
28521 \begin_layout Standard
28526 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28529 \begin_layout Standard
28530 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28535 For more commands provided by the
28539 package, have a look at its documentation,
28540 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28554 \begin_layout Standard
28555 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28557 For example if you use a
28561 class, you don't need the package
28565 , you can instead write
28568 \begin_layout Standard
28573 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28578 \begin_layout Standard
28579 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28580 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28581 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28588 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28591 \begin_layout Standard
28592 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28593 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28595 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28596 the previous section.
28599 \begin_layout Standard
28600 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28602 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28604 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28612 \begin_layout Section
28613 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28616 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28621 \begin_inset Index idx
28624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28631 \begin_inset Index idx
28634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28643 \begin_layout Standard
28644 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28645 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28646 to break your train of thought with
28648 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28655 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28656 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28661 \begin_inset Index idx
28664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28665 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28670 as explained below, and turn on
28673 \begin_inset space ~
28680 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28684 \begin_inset space ~
28688 \begin_inset space ~
28691 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28696 \begin_inset space ~
28701 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28704 \begin_layout Standard
28705 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28707 Previews of an already loaded document are
28711 generated just by selecting the
28714 \begin_inset space ~
28719 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28724 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28727 \begin_inset space ~
28732 check box in the insert dialog.
28733 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28737 \begin_layout Standard
28738 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28742 (on some systems named simply
28747 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28749 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28755 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28756 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28764 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28768 \begin_layout Standard
28769 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28775 \begin_layout Standard
28776 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28780 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28782 \begin_inset space ~
28787 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28788 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28790 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28791 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28792 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28793 the source view window.
28796 \begin_layout Section
28798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28800 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28805 \begin_inset Index idx
28808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28817 \begin_layout Standard
28818 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28819 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28836 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28842 can be seen as the successor to
28850 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28856 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28857 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28865 \begin_layout Standard
28866 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28867 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28874 \begin_layout Standard
28877 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28880 or the toolbar button
28881 \begin_inset Graphics
28882 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28886 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28887 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28888 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28889 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28890 scrolled so that it is visible.
28895 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28897 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28901 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28902 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28905 \begin_layout Standard
28906 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28909 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28913 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28914 will bring an error message.
28915 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28916 specifying a different
28918 Alternative language
28920 in preferences dialog.
28923 \begin_layout Standard
28924 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28927 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28931 \begin_layout Standard
28932 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28933 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28935 But you can use the
28938 \begin_inset space ~
28942 \begin_inset space ~
28950 \begin_layout Standard
28951 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28952 This does work with
28956 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28959 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28963 \begin_layout Standard
28968 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28971 \begin_layout Description
28973 \begin_inset space ~
28976 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28977 should consider, e.
28978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28982 \begin_inset space \space{}
28985 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28986 This should not normally be needed.
28989 \begin_layout Description
28991 \begin_inset space ~
28994 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28995 the spell checker's default choice
28998 \begin_layout Description
29000 \begin_inset space ~
29004 \begin_inset space ~
29007 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
29009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29019 \begin_layout Description
29021 \begin_inset space ~
29025 \begin_inset space ~
29028 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
29030 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29037 also for the spellchecker.
29041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29042 The encodings are explained in section
29043 \begin_inset space ~
29047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29049 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29058 Only enable this if you use
29062 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
29063 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
29064 so this is disabled by default.
29067 \begin_layout Section
29069 \begin_inset Index idx
29072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29081 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29088 \begin_layout Standard
29089 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29090 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29102 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29111 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29112 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29113 are available for many languages.
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29117 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29121 \begin_layout Subsection
29122 Setting up the thesaurus
29125 \begin_layout Standard
29130 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29135 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29140 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29142 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29146 en_EN for English).
29147 For instance, the English files are named:
29150 \begin_layout Itemize
29154 \begin_layout Itemize
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29159 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29160 already on your system.
29161 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29162 \begin_inset Flex URL
29165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29167 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29173 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29178 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29180 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29181 unpack a zip archive.
29184 \begin_layout Standard
29193 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29194 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29196 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29197 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29201 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29204 \begin_layout Subsection
29205 Using the thesaurus
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29209 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29211 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29214 or the toolbar button
29215 \begin_inset Graphics
29216 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29217 rotateOrigin center
29221 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29223 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29225 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29226 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29227 and hyponyms (such as
29235 ), compounds (such as
29239 ) and antonyms (such as
29247 ), which are marked as such.
29250 \begin_layout Standard
29251 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29252 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29256 \begin_layout Standard
29257 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29258 the dictionary, such as the above
29262 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29263 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29267 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29268 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29269 For example looking up the word forms
29277 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29282 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29295 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29296 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29297 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29300 \begin_layout Subsection
29301 License of the Thesaurus library
29304 \begin_layout Standard
29309 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29314 as a standalone program.
29315 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29316 The library was released under the
29318 Berkeley Database License
29320 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29321 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29322 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29324 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29327 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29331 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29334 \begin_layout Section
29336 \begin_inset Index idx
29339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29346 \begin_inset Index idx
29349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29350 Document ! Change Tracking
29356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29358 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29366 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29367 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29368 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29369 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29371 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29373 \begin_inset space ~
29376 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29378 \begin_inset space ~
29386 \begin_layout Standard
29387 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29401 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29402 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29405 \begin_inset space ~
29409 \begin_inset space ~
29419 \begin_inset Index idx
29422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29423 Color ! Change tracking
29428 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29429 the cursor is in changed text.
29430 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29431 \begin_inset Graphics
29432 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29433 rotateOrigin center
29440 \begin_layout Standard
29441 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29442 \begin_inset Index idx
29445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29454 \begin_layout Standard
29455 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29461 \begin_layout Standard
29462 \begin_inset Graphics
29463 filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29470 \begin_layout Standard
29471 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29477 \begin_layout Standard
29478 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29482 \begin_layout Standard
29483 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29489 \begin_layout Standard
29490 \begin_inset Tabular
29491 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29492 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29493 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29494 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29500 \begin_inset Graphics
29501 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
29502 rotateOrigin center
29511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29519 \begin_inset space ~
29522 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29524 \begin_inset space ~
29533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29538 \begin_inset Graphics
29539 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
29540 rotateOrigin center
29549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29557 \begin_inset space ~
29560 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29562 \begin_inset space ~
29566 \begin_inset space ~
29570 \begin_inset space ~
29579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 \begin_inset Graphics
29585 filename ../../images/change-next.png
29586 rotateOrigin center
29595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29599 Jumps to the next change
29605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29610 \begin_inset Graphics
29611 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
29612 rotateOrigin center
29621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29629 \begin_inset space ~
29632 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29634 \begin_inset space ~
29643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29648 \begin_inset Graphics
29649 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
29650 rotateOrigin center
29659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29665 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29667 \begin_inset space ~
29670 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29672 \begin_inset space ~
29681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29686 \begin_inset Graphics
29687 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29688 rotateOrigin center
29697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29703 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29705 \begin_inset space ~
29708 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29710 \begin_inset space ~
29719 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29724 \begin_inset Graphics
29725 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
29726 rotateOrigin center
29735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29741 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29743 \begin_inset space ~
29746 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29748 \begin_inset space ~
29752 \begin_inset space ~
29761 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29766 \begin_inset Graphics
29767 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
29768 rotateOrigin center
29777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29783 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29785 \begin_inset space ~
29788 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29790 \begin_inset space ~
29794 \begin_inset space ~
29803 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29808 \begin_inset Graphics
29809 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
29810 rotateOrigin center
29819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29826 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29828 \begin_inset space ~
29837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29842 \begin_inset Graphics
29843 filename ../../images/note-next.png
29844 rotateOrigin center
29853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29859 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29861 \begin_inset space ~
29877 \begin_layout Standard
29878 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29884 \begin_layout Standard
29885 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29886 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29887 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29888 the next change after the current cursor position.
29889 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29890 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29891 step to the next change.
29892 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29895 \begin_layout Standard
29896 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29897 to describe a change.
29900 \begin_layout Standard
29901 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29906 \begin_inset Index idx
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29910 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29916 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29917 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29923 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29926 \begin_layout Section
29927 International Support
29928 \begin_inset Index idx
29931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29932 International support
29940 \begin_layout Standard
29941 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29942 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29943 how to set up LyX to use them:
29944 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29946 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29953 \begin_layout Standard
29954 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29955 \begin_inset space ~
29959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29961 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29968 \begin_layout Subsection
29970 \begin_inset Index idx
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29980 \begin_inset Index idx
29983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29984 Document ! Settings
29990 \begin_inset Index idx
29993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 Document ! Language
30002 \begin_layout Standard
30005 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30008 dialog lets you set
30010 the language and character encoding for your language.
30014 \begin_layout Standard
30015 Choose your language in the
30019 section of this dialog.
30027 \begin_layout Standard
30032 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
30037 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
30038 For details about the different encoding options see section
30039 \begin_inset space ~
30043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30045 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30052 \begin_layout Subsection
30053 Keyboard mapping configuration
30054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30056 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
30063 \begin_layout Standard
30064 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30065 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30066 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30067 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30068 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30070 \begin_inset space ~
30074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30076 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30081 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30082 which one you want to use.
30085 \begin_layout Standard
30086 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30087 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30088 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30089 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30090 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30091 one to support the characters you want.
30092 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30099 \begin_layout Subsection
30103 \begin_layout Standard
30105 \begin_inset space ~
30109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30111 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30120 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30124 \begin_layout Standard
30125 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30126 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30134 \begin_layout Itemize
30135 Even if you have selected
30141 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30144 dialog, users who have only the
30148 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30152 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30153 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30154 french quotes won't show up.
30157 \begin_layout Standard
30158 \begin_inset Float table
30163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30164 \begin_inset Caption
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30169 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30187 \begin_inset Tabular
30188 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30189 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30191 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30192 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30193 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30194 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30195 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30196 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30197 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34619 \begin_layout Standard
34620 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34622 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34623 also the characters from
34635 \begin_layout Itemize
34644 \begin_layout Standard
34645 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34652 \begin_layout Standard
34653 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34654 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34660 \begin_layout Standard
34661 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34662 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34668 \begin_layout Standard
34669 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34670 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34676 \begin_layout Standard
34678 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34684 \begin_layout Standard
34686 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34692 \begin_layout Standard
34694 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34701 \begin_layout Itemize
34714 \begin_layout Standard
34716 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34722 \begin_layout Standard
34724 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34732 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34738 \begin_layout Standard
34740 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34746 \begin_layout Standard
34748 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34754 \begin_layout Standard
34756 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34763 \begin_layout Standard
34764 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34765 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34766 Also make sure you're using the
34773 \begin_layout Chapter
34776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34778 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34785 \begin_layout Standard
34786 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34787 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34788 topic inside the user's guide.
34791 \begin_layout Section
34793 \begin_inset Index idx
34796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34805 \begin_layout Standard
34810 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34811 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34814 \begin_layout Subsection
34818 \begin_layout Standard
34819 Creates a new document.
34822 \begin_layout Subsection
34826 \begin_layout Standard
34827 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34828 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34829 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34832 \begin_layout Subsection
34836 \begin_layout Standard
34840 \begin_layout Subsection
34844 \begin_layout Standard
34845 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34846 Click there on a file to open it.
34849 \begin_layout Subsection
34853 \begin_layout Standard
34854 Closes the current document.
34857 \begin_layout Subsection
34861 \begin_layout Standard
34862 Closes all opened documents.
34865 \begin_layout Subsection
34869 \begin_layout Standard
34870 Saves the actual document.
34873 \begin_layout Subsection
34877 \begin_layout Standard
34878 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34881 \begin_layout Subsection
34885 \begin_layout Standard
34886 Saves all opened documents.
34889 \begin_layout Subsection
34893 \begin_layout Standard
34894 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34897 \begin_layout Subsection
34901 \begin_layout Standard
34902 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34903 It is described in the section
34905 Version Control in LyX
34909 Additional Features
34914 \begin_layout Subsection
34918 \begin_layout Standard
34919 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34920 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34921 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34922 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34925 \begin_layout Standard
34926 When using the menu entry
34929 \begin_inset space ~
34934 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34938 \begin_inset space ~
34942 \begin_inset space ~
34947 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34948 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34951 \begin_layout Subsection
34953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34962 \begin_layout Standard
34963 You can export your document to various file formats.
34964 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34965 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34966 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34969 \begin_layout Standard
34970 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34972 \begin_inset space ~
34976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34978 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34985 \begin_layout Description
34989 \begin_inset space ~
34994 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34996 \begin_inset Newline newline
34999 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
35002 \begin_layout Description
35010 \begin_layout Description
35011 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
35015 \begin_layout Description
35017 \begin_inset space ~
35021 \begin_inset space ~
35024 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
35028 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
35036 \begin_layout Description
35043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35051 \begin_inset space ~
35056 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
35057 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
35061 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35064 \begin_layout Description
35071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35079 \begin_inset space ~
35084 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35085 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35093 \begin_layout Description
35095 \begin_inset space ~
35098 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35106 is replaced by the version number)
35109 \begin_layout Description
35110 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35113 \begin_layout Description
35114 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35127 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35131 \begin_layout Description
35135 \begin_inset space ~
35140 PDF-format using the program
35145 \begin_layout Description
35149 \begin_inset space ~
35154 PDF-format using the program
35159 \begin_layout Description
35163 \begin_inset space ~
35168 PDF-format using the program
35173 \begin_layout Description
35177 \begin_inset space ~
35185 \begin_layout Description
35189 \begin_inset space ~
35193 \begin_inset space ~
35198 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35199 and then exported as text using the program
35204 \begin_layout Description
35209 PostScript format using the program
35214 \begin_layout Description
35222 \begin_layout Standard
35227 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35228 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35234 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35237 \begin_layout Standard
35238 If one of the menu entries
35245 \begin_inset space ~
35254 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35255 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35256 \begin_inset space ~
35260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35262 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35267 \begin_inset Index idx
35270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35271 Reconfiguration of LyX
35279 \begin_layout Standard
35284 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35285 the export program.
35288 \begin_layout Subsection
35292 \begin_layout Standard
35293 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35294 format or send it to a printer.
35295 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35296 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35302 For more information have a look at section
35303 \begin_inset space ~
35307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35309 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35316 \begin_layout Subsection
35320 \begin_layout Standard
35321 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35322 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35323 prefix, see section
35324 \begin_inset space ~
35328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35330 reference "sec:Paths"
35335 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35344 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35345 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35346 \begin_inset space ~
35350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35352 reference "sub:Converters"
35359 \begin_layout Subsection
35360 New and Close Window
35363 \begin_layout Standard
35364 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35367 \begin_layout Subsection
35371 \begin_layout Standard
35372 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35375 \begin_layout Section
35377 \begin_inset Index idx
35380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35389 \begin_layout Subsection
35393 \begin_layout Standard
35394 Described in section
35395 \begin_inset space ~
35399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35401 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35408 \begin_layout Subsection
35409 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35412 \begin_layout Standard
35413 Described in section
35414 \begin_inset space ~
35418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35420 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35427 \begin_layout Subsection
35431 \begin_layout Standard
35432 Selects the whole document.
35435 \begin_layout Subsection
35439 \begin_layout Standard
35440 Described in section
35441 \begin_inset space ~
35445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35447 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35454 \begin_layout Subsection
35455 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35458 \begin_layout Standard
35459 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35463 \begin_layout Subsection
35467 \begin_layout Standard
35468 Described in section
35469 \begin_inset space ~
35473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35475 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35482 \begin_layout Subsection
35484 \begin_inset Index idx
35487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 Paragraph ! Settings
35496 \begin_layout Standard
35497 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35498 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35501 \begin_layout Standard
35502 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35503 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35505 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35511 \begin_inset space ~
35519 \begin_layout Subsection
35520 Table Settings and Math
35523 \begin_layout Standard
35524 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35526 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35527 The properties of tables are described in section
35528 \begin_inset space ~
35532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35534 reference "sec:Tables"
35538 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35539 \begin_inset space ~
35543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35545 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35552 \begin_layout Subsection
35553 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35556 \begin_layout Standard
35557 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35558 that can be nested.
35559 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35560 \begin_inset space ~
35564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35566 reference "sec:Nesting"
35571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35573 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35580 \begin_layout Section
35582 \begin_inset Index idx
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35594 \begin_layout Standard
35599 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35600 document with an external program.
35601 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35602 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35603 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35604 \begin_inset space ~
35608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35610 reference "sub:Export"
35615 You should at least see the menu entries
35622 \begin_inset space ~
35628 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35629 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35630 \begin_inset space ~
35634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35636 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35641 \begin_inset Index idx
35644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35645 Reconfiguration of LyX
35653 \begin_layout Standard
35654 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35655 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35656 \begin_inset space ~
35660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35662 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35667 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
35670 \begin_layout Standard
35671 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35674 At the bottom of the
35678 menu the opened documents are listed.
35681 \begin_layout Subsection
35682 Open/Close all Insets
35685 \begin_layout Standard
35686 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35689 \begin_layout Subsection
35690 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35697 \begin_layout Standard
35698 Math macros are described in the
35705 \begin_layout Subsection
35709 \begin_layout Standard
35710 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35712 \begin_inset space ~
35716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35718 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35725 \begin_layout Subsection
35729 \begin_layout Standard
35730 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35731 opening a new view window.
35734 \begin_layout Subsection
35738 \begin_layout Standard
35739 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35740 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35741 view the same document, but at different positions.
35742 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35743 or more documents at the same time.
35744 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35751 \begin_layout Subsection
35755 \begin_layout Standard
35756 Closes a split view.
35759 \begin_layout Subsection
35763 \begin_layout Standard
35764 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35765 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35766 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35767 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35768 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35771 \begin_layout Subsection
35773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35775 name "sub:Toolbars"
35780 \begin_inset Index idx
35783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35792 \begin_layout Standard
35793 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35794 All toolbars and the
35797 \begin_inset space ~
35802 can be turned on and off.
35807 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35819 \begin_inset space ~
35828 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35832 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35839 \begin_layout Standard
35844 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35848 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35849 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35850 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35851 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35852 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35855 \begin_layout Standard
35856 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35857 \begin_inset space ~
35861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35863 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35870 \begin_layout Section
35872 \begin_inset Index idx
35875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35884 \begin_layout Subsection
35888 \begin_layout Standard
35889 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35890 \begin_inset space ~
35894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35896 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35907 \begin_layout Subsection
35909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35911 name "sub:Special-Character"
35918 \begin_layout Standard
35919 Here you can insert the following characters:
35922 \begin_layout Description
35923 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35924 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35925 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35926 \begin_inset Newline newline
35930 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35938 Not all characters will be visible in the
35942 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35950 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35954 ) can display every character.
35962 \begin_layout Description
35963 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35967 \begin_layout Description
35969 \begin_inset space ~
35973 \begin_inset space ~
35976 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35977 \begin_inset space ~
35981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35983 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35990 \begin_layout Description
35992 \begin_inset space ~
35995 Quote Inserts this quote:
35996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35999 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
36001 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36011 \begin_layout Description
36013 \begin_inset space ~
36016 Quote Inserts this quote:
36017 \begin_inset Quotes els
36023 \begin_layout Description
36025 \begin_inset space ~
36028 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
36032 \begin_layout Description
36034 \begin_inset space ~
36037 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
36041 \begin_layout Description
36043 \begin_inset space ~
36046 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36050 \begin_layout Description
36052 \begin_inset space ~
36056 \begin_inset Index idx
36059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36066 \begin_inset Index idx
36069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36070 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36075 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36076 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36077 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36082 \begin_inset Index idx
36085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36086 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36092 \begin_inset Newline newline
36095 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36099 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36107 and this Wiki-page:
36108 \begin_inset Newline newline
36112 \begin_inset Flex URL
36115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36117 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36125 \begin_layout Subsection
36129 \begin_layout Standard
36130 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36133 \begin_layout Description
36134 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36135 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36141 \begin_layout Description
36142 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36143 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36149 \begin_layout Description
36151 \begin_inset space ~
36154 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36155 \begin_inset space ~
36159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36161 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36168 \begin_layout Description
36170 \begin_inset space ~
36173 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36174 \begin_inset space ~
36178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36180 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36187 \begin_layout Description
36189 \begin_inset space ~
36192 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36193 \begin_inset space ~
36197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36199 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36206 \begin_layout Description
36208 \begin_inset space ~
36211 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36212 \begin_inset space ~
36216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36218 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36225 \begin_layout Description
36227 \begin_inset space ~
36230 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36231 \begin_inset space ~
36235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36237 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36244 \begin_layout Description
36246 \begin_inset space ~
36249 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36250 \begin_inset space ~
36254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36256 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36263 \begin_layout Description
36265 \begin_inset space ~
36268 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36269 \begin_inset space ~
36273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36275 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36282 \begin_layout Description
36284 \begin_inset space ~
36287 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36288 \begin_inset space ~
36292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36294 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36301 \begin_layout Description
36303 \begin_inset space ~
36307 \begin_inset space ~
36310 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36311 \begin_inset space ~
36315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36317 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36324 \begin_layout Description
36326 \begin_inset space ~
36329 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36330 text line to the page border, see section
36331 \begin_inset space ~
36335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36337 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36344 \begin_layout Description
36346 \begin_inset space ~
36349 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36350 \begin_inset space ~
36354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36356 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36363 \begin_layout Description
36365 \begin_inset space ~
36368 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36369 text page to the page border, described in section
36370 \begin_inset space ~
36374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36376 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36383 \begin_layout Description
36385 \begin_inset space ~
36388 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36389 \begin_inset space ~
36393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36395 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36402 \begin_layout Description
36404 \begin_inset space ~
36408 \begin_inset space ~
36411 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36412 \begin_inset space ~
36416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36418 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36425 \begin_layout Subsection
36429 \begin_layout Standard
36430 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36431 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36433 \begin_inset space ~
36437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36439 reference "sec:toc"
36444 The index list is described in section
36445 \begin_inset space ~
36449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36451 reference "sec:Index"
36455 , the nomenclature in section
36456 \begin_inset space ~
36460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36462 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36466 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36467 \begin_inset space ~
36471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36473 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36480 \begin_layout Subsection
36484 \begin_layout Standard
36485 To insert floats, described in section
36486 \begin_inset space ~
36490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36492 reference "sec:Floats"
36499 \begin_layout Subsection
36503 \begin_layout Standard
36504 To insert notes, described in section
36505 \begin_inset space ~
36509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36511 reference "sec:Notes"
36518 \begin_layout Subsection
36522 \begin_layout Standard
36523 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36524 \begin_inset space ~
36528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36530 reference "sec:Branches"
36537 \begin_layout Subsection
36541 \begin_layout Standard
36542 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36543 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36545 An example is the document class
36546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36553 with three custom insets.
36556 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36562 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36565 \begin_layout Subsection
36567 \begin_inset Index idx
36570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36579 \begin_layout Standard
36580 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36581 files in your document.
36582 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36593 \begin_layout Subsection
36595 \begin_inset Index idx
36598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36607 \begin_layout Standard
36608 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36609 \begin_inset space ~
36613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36615 reference "sec:Minipages"
36620 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36631 \begin_layout Subsection
36635 \begin_layout Standard
36636 Inserts a citation as described in section
36637 \begin_inset space ~
36641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36643 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36650 \begin_layout Subsection
36654 \begin_layout Standard
36655 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36656 \begin_inset space ~
36660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36662 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36669 \begin_layout Subsection
36673 \begin_layout Standard
36674 Inserts a label as described in section
36675 \begin_inset space ~
36679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36681 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36688 \begin_layout Subsection
36690 \begin_inset Index idx
36693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36700 \begin_inset Index idx
36703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36704 Longtables ! Caption
36712 \begin_layout Standard
36713 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36714 Floats are described in section
36715 \begin_inset space ~
36719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36721 reference "sec:Floats"
36725 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36736 \begin_layout Subsection
36740 \begin_layout Standard
36741 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36742 \begin_inset space ~
36746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36748 reference "sec:Index"
36755 \begin_layout Subsection
36759 \begin_layout Standard
36760 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36761 \begin_inset space ~
36765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36767 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36774 \begin_layout Subsection
36778 \begin_layout Standard
36780 Tables are described in section
36781 \begin_inset space ~
36785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36787 reference "sec:Tables"
36794 \begin_layout Subsection
36798 \begin_layout Standard
36800 Graphics are described in section
36801 \begin_inset space ~
36805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36807 reference "sec:Graphics"
36814 \begin_layout Subsection
36818 \begin_layout Standard
36819 Inserts an URL as described in section
36820 \begin_inset space ~
36824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36826 reference "sub:URLs"
36833 \begin_layout Subsection
36837 \begin_layout Standard
36838 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36839 \begin_inset space ~
36843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36845 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36852 \begin_layout Subsection
36856 \begin_layout Standard
36857 Inserts a footnote, see section
36858 \begin_inset space ~
36862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36864 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36871 \begin_layout Subsection
36875 \begin_layout Standard
36876 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36877 \begin_inset space ~
36881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36883 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36890 \begin_layout Subsection
36894 \begin_layout Standard
36895 Inserts a short title, see section
36896 \begin_inset space ~
36900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36902 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36909 \begin_layout Subsection
36913 \begin_layout Standard
36914 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36915 \begin_inset space ~
36919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36921 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36928 \begin_layout Subsection
36930 \begin_inset Index idx
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36942 \begin_layout Standard
36943 Inserts a program listings box.
36944 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36946 Program Code Listings
36955 \begin_layout Subsection
36959 \begin_layout Standard
36960 Inserts the actual date.
36961 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36963 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36975 \begin_layout Section
36977 \begin_inset Index idx
36980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36989 \begin_layout Standard
36990 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36991 \begin_inset space ~
36994 of the current document.
36995 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36998 \begin_layout Subsection
37002 \begin_layout Standard
37003 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
37004 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
37006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37010 \begin_inset space \space{}
37014 \begin_inset space ~
37018 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
37019 \begin_inset space ~
37022 2.5 and use the menu
37025 \begin_inset space ~
37029 \begin_inset space ~
37036 \begin_inset space ~
37042 \begin_inset space ~
37046 \begin_inset space ~
37052 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37056 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37062 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37068 \begin_layout Standard
37069 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37070 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37073 \begin_layout Subsection
37074 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37077 \begin_layout Standard
37078 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37082 \begin_layout Subsection
37086 \begin_layout Standard
37087 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37088 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37089 on a cross-reference box.
37092 \begin_layout Section
37094 \begin_inset Index idx
37097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37106 \begin_layout Subsection
37110 \begin_layout Standard
37111 Change Tracking is described in section
37112 \begin_inset space ~
37116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37118 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37125 \begin_layout Subsection
37130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37140 \begin_layout Standard
37141 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37143 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37146 \begin_layout Standard
37147 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37152 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37155 \begin_layout Subsection
37159 \begin_layout Standard
37160 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37161 \begin_inset space ~
37165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37167 reference "sec:Navigating"
37172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37174 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37181 \begin_layout Subsection
37182 Start Appendix Here
37185 \begin_layout Standard
37186 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37187 position as described in section
37188 \begin_inset space ~
37192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37194 reference "sec:Appendices"
37201 \begin_layout Subsection
37205 \begin_layout Standard
37206 Un/compresses the current document.
37209 \begin_layout Subsection
37213 \begin_layout Standard
37214 The document settings are described in appendix
37215 \begin_inset space ~
37219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37221 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37228 \begin_layout Section
37230 \begin_inset Index idx
37233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37242 \begin_layout Subsection
37246 \begin_layout Standard
37247 Spell checking is explained in section
37248 \begin_inset space ~
37252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37254 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37261 \begin_layout Subsection
37265 \begin_layout Standard
37266 The thesaurus is described in section
37267 \begin_inset space ~
37271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37273 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37280 \begin_layout Subsection
37282 \begin_inset Index idx
37285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37292 \begin_inset Index idx
37295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37304 \begin_layout Standard
37305 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37306 highlighted document part.
37309 \begin_layout Subsection
37311 \begin_inset Index idx
37314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37323 \begin_layout Standard
37324 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37327 \begin_layout Subsection
37329 \begin_inset Index idx
37332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37333 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 Reconfiguration of LyX
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37361 \begin_inset Index idx
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 Reconfiguration of LyX
37373 \begin_layout Standard
37374 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37375 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37376 \begin_inset space ~
37380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37382 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37389 \begin_layout Subsection
37393 \begin_layout Standard
37394 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37401 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37408 \begin_layout Section
37410 \begin_inset Index idx
37413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 \begin_layout Standard
37423 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37427 \begin_layout Standard
37431 \begin_inset space ~
37436 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37437 found by LyX (see also section
37438 \begin_inset space ~
37442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37444 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37451 \begin_layout Section
37453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37455 name "sec:Toolbars"
37462 \begin_layout Standard
37463 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37464 \begin_inset space ~
37468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37470 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37477 \begin_layout Standard
37478 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37479 This is described in the
37481 Additional Features
37486 \begin_layout Subsection
37488 \begin_inset Index idx
37491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 \begin_layout Standard
37501 \begin_inset Graphics
37502 filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37510 \begin_layout Standard
37511 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37517 \begin_layout Standard
37518 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 \begin_inset Note Note
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37539 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37544 manual for more information.
37552 \begin_layout Standard
37553 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37559 \begin_layout Standard
37560 \begin_inset Tabular
37561 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37562 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 \begin_inset Graphics
37571 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37585 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37598 \begin_layout Standard
37599 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37605 \begin_layout Standard
37607 \begin_inset Tabular
37608 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37609 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37610 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37611 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37619 \begin_inset Graphics
37620 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
37629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37635 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37647 \begin_inset Graphics
37648 filename ../../images/file-open.png
37657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37663 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37675 \begin_inset Graphics
37676 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
37685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37691 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37698 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37703 \begin_inset Graphics
37704 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
37713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37731 \begin_inset Graphics
37732 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37747 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 \begin_inset Graphics
37760 filename ../../images/undo.png
37769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37775 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37787 \begin_inset Graphics
37788 filename ../../images/redo.png
37797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37803 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37815 \begin_inset Graphics
37816 filename ../../images/cut.png
37825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37831 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37843 \begin_inset Graphics
37844 filename ../../images/copy.png
37853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37859 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37871 \begin_inset Graphics
37872 filename ../../images/paste.png
37881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37887 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37899 \begin_inset Graphics
37900 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37901 rotateOrigin center
37910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37916 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37918 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37922 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 \begin_inset Graphics
37937 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37938 rotateOrigin center
37947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37953 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37954 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37966 \begin_inset Graphics
37967 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
37976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37980 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37982 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37984 \begin_inset space ~
37995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38000 \begin_inset Graphics
38001 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
38010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38014 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38016 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38018 \begin_inset space ~
38029 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38034 \begin_inset Graphics
38035 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
38044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38048 Formats text using the current settings in the
38050 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38052 \begin_inset space ~
38063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 \begin_inset Graphics
38069 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
38078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38085 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38087 \begin_inset space ~
38096 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 \begin_inset Graphics
38102 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38103 rotateOrigin center
38112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38130 \begin_inset Graphics
38131 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
38132 rotateOrigin center
38141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38159 \begin_inset Graphics
38160 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38161 rotateOrigin center
38170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38174 Toggle outline window on/off,
38176 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38188 \begin_inset Graphics
38189 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38190 rotateOrigin center
38199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38203 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38214 \begin_inset Graphics
38215 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38216 rotateOrigin center
38225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38229 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38242 \begin_layout Subsection
38244 \begin_inset Index idx
38247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38256 \begin_layout Standard
38257 \begin_inset Graphics
38258 filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38266 \begin_layout Standard
38267 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38273 \begin_layout Standard
38274 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38278 \begin_layout Standard
38279 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38285 \begin_layout Standard
38286 \begin_inset Tabular
38287 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38288 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38289 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38290 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38296 \begin_inset Graphics
38297 filename ../../images/layout.png
38298 rotateOrigin center
38307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 \begin_inset Graphics
38323 filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38324 rotateOrigin center
38333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38343 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38348 \begin_inset Graphics
38349 filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png
38350 rotateOrigin center
38359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38369 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38374 \begin_inset Graphics
38375 filename ../../images/layout_List.png
38376 rotateOrigin center
38385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38395 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38400 \begin_inset Graphics
38401 filename ../../images/layout_Description.png
38402 rotateOrigin center
38411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38426 \begin_inset Graphics
38427 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
38428 rotateOrigin center
38437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38443 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38445 \begin_inset space ~
38449 \begin_inset space ~
38458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38463 \begin_inset Graphics
38464 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
38465 rotateOrigin center
38474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38480 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38482 \begin_inset space ~
38486 \begin_inset space ~
38495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38500 \begin_inset Graphics
38501 filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png
38510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38517 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38529 \begin_inset Graphics
38530 filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
38539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38546 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38553 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38558 \begin_inset Graphics
38559 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
38568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38586 \begin_inset Graphics
38587 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 \begin_inset Graphics
38615 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38642 \begin_inset Graphics
38643 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
38652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38660 \begin_inset space ~
38669 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38674 \begin_inset Graphics
38675 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
38684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38692 \begin_inset space ~
38701 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38706 \begin_inset Graphics
38707 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
38716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38729 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38734 \begin_inset Graphics
38735 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38736 rotateOrigin center
38745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38751 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38753 \begin_inset space ~
38762 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38767 \begin_inset Graphics
38768 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
38777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38783 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38784 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38795 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38800 \begin_inset Graphics
38801 filename ../../images/box-insert.png
38810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38816 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38823 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38828 \begin_inset Graphics
38829 filename ../../images/url-insert.png
38838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38856 \begin_inset Graphics
38857 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
38866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38899 \begin_inset Graphics
38900 filename ../../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38916 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38923 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38928 \begin_inset Graphics
38929 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38945 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38947 \begin_inset space ~
38956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38961 \begin_inset Graphics
38962 filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
38963 rotateOrigin center
38972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38978 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38980 \begin_inset space ~
38989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38994 \begin_inset Graphics
38995 filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
38996 rotateOrigin center
39005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39013 \begin_inset space ~
39022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39027 \begin_inset Graphics
39028 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39029 rotateOrigin center
39038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39044 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39058 \begin_layout Subsection
39059 View / Update Toolbar
39060 \begin_inset Index idx
39063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39064 Toolbar ! View / Update
39072 \begin_layout Standard
39073 \begin_inset Graphics
39074 filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39081 \begin_layout Standard
39082 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39088 \begin_layout Standard
39089 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39093 \begin_layout Standard
39094 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39100 \begin_layout Standard
39101 \begin_inset Tabular
39102 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39103 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39104 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39105 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39106 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39111 \begin_inset Graphics
39112 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39113 rotateOrigin center
39122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39128 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39135 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39140 \begin_inset Graphics
39141 filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39142 rotateOrigin center
39151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39157 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39158 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39170 \begin_inset Graphics
39171 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39172 rotateOrigin center
39181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39187 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39199 \begin_inset Graphics
39200 filename ../../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39201 rotateOrigin center
39210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39216 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39217 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39224 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39229 \begin_inset Graphics
39230 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39231 rotateOrigin center
39240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39246 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39258 \begin_inset Graphics
39259 filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39260 rotateOrigin center
39269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39275 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39276 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39290 \begin_layout Subsection
39294 \begin_layout Standard
39295 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39296 \begin_inset space ~
39300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39302 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39306 , the table toolbar
39307 \begin_inset Index idx
39310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39320 manual, the math macro toolbar
39321 \begin_inset Index idx
39324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39337 \begin_layout Chapter
39338 The Document Settings
39339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39341 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39346 \begin_inset Index idx
39349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39350 Document ! Settings
39358 \begin_layout Standard
39359 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39360 whole document and is called with the menu
39362 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39366 You can save your document settings as default with th
39368 e Save as Document Defaults
39370 button in the dialog.
39371 This will create a template name
39379 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39383 \begin_layout Standard
39384 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39387 \begin_layout Section
39391 \begin_layout Standard
39392 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39394 Document classes are described in section
39395 \begin_inset space ~
39399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39401 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39406 Some classes use some class options by default.
39407 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39411 and you can decide to use them or not.
39412 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39413 recommended not to touch them.
39414 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39420 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39421 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39427 When you want one of the following drivers
39428 \begin_inset Newline newline
39431 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39432 \begin_inset Newline newline
39435 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39440 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39442 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39454 \begin_layout Standard
39455 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39456 child or subdocument.
39457 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39458 without its master.
39459 This way child documents are always compilable.
39460 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39471 \begin_layout Section
39475 \begin_layout Standard
39476 Modules are explained in section
39477 \begin_inset space ~
39481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39483 reference "sub:Modules"
39490 \begin_layout Section
39494 \begin_layout Standard
39495 The document font settings are described in section
39496 \begin_inset space ~
39500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39502 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39509 \begin_layout Section
39513 \begin_layout Standard
39514 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39516 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39520 \begin_layout Standard
39521 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39522 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39523 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39526 \begin_layout Standard
39527 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39535 \begin_layout Section
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39540 A description of this menu is given in section
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39547 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39554 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39561 \begin_layout Section
39565 \begin_layout Standard
39566 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39573 reference "sub:Margins"
39580 \begin_layout Section
39582 \begin_inset Index idx
39585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39586 Language ! Encoding
39594 \begin_layout Standard
39595 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39596 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39597 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39598 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39599 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39600 known for a particular character).
39604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39605 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39606 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39611 manual for details.
39619 \begin_layout Standard
39620 If you use the option
39624 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39625 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39626 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39627 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39628 exactly one encoding.
39629 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39638 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39639 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39641 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39642 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39656 \begin_layout Standard
39657 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39658 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39659 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39660 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39661 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39662 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39667 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39668 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39669 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39672 \begin_layout Standard
39673 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39676 \begin_layout Description
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39693 , but the LaTeX-package
39698 \begin_inset Index idx
39701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39702 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39708 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39709 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39710 languages in TeX code.
39713 \begin_layout Description
39714 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39715 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39716 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39719 \begin_layout Description
39721 \begin_inset space ~
39725 \begin_inset space ~
39728 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39731 \begin_layout Description
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39737 \begin_inset space ~
39740 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39743 \begin_layout Description
39745 \begin_inset space ~
39748 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39751 \begin_layout Description
39753 \begin_inset space ~
39757 \begin_inset space ~
39760 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39761 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39764 \begin_layout Description
39766 \begin_inset space ~
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39773 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39777 \begin_layout Description
39779 \begin_inset space ~
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39786 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39787 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39790 \begin_layout Description
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39800 \begin_inset space ~
39803 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39804 \begin_inset space ~
39810 \begin_layout Description
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset space ~
39823 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39824 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39827 \begin_layout Description
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39836 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39837 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39838 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39843 \begin_inset space ~
39849 \begin_layout Description
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39858 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39859 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39860 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39861 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39862 \begin_inset space ~
39866 \begin_inset space ~
39872 \begin_layout Description
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_inset space ~
39881 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39884 \begin_layout Description
39886 \begin_inset space ~
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39893 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39896 \begin_layout Description
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39905 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39908 \begin_layout Description
39910 \begin_inset space ~
39913 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39916 \begin_layout Description
39918 \begin_inset space ~
39921 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39924 \begin_layout Description
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39930 \begin_inset space ~
39933 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39936 \begin_layout Description
39938 \begin_inset space ~
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39948 \begin_layout Description
39950 \begin_inset space ~
39954 \begin_inset space ~
39957 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39960 \begin_layout Description
39962 \begin_inset space ~
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39972 \begin_layout Description
39974 \begin_inset space ~
39978 \begin_inset space ~
39981 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39986 \begin_inset Index idx
39989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39990 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39995 , when using this, set the document language to
40000 \begin_layout Description
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40006 \begin_inset space ~
40009 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40013 , when using this, set the document language to
40018 \begin_layout Description
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40024 \begin_inset space ~
40027 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40032 \begin_inset Index idx
40035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40036 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40041 , when using this, set the document language to
40046 \begin_layout Description
40048 \begin_inset space ~
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40055 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40059 , when using this, set the document language to
40064 \begin_layout Description
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40070 \begin_inset space ~
40073 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40077 , when using this, set the document language to
40082 \begin_layout Description
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40087 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40090 \begin_layout Description
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40096 \begin_inset space ~
40100 \begin_inset space ~
40103 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40106 \begin_layout Description
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40112 \begin_inset space ~
40116 \begin_inset space ~
40119 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40120 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40121 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40124 \begin_layout Description
40126 \begin_inset space ~
40130 \begin_inset space ~
40136 \begin_layout Description
40138 \begin_inset space ~
40142 \begin_inset space ~
40145 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40146 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40149 \begin_layout Description
40151 \begin_inset space ~
40155 \begin_inset space ~
40158 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40163 \begin_inset Index idx
40166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40167 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40172 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40175 \begin_layout Description
40177 \begin_inset space ~
40181 \begin_inset space ~
40184 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40188 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40197 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40198 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40212 \begin_layout Description
40214 \begin_inset space ~
40218 \begin_inset space ~
40221 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40226 \begin_inset Index idx
40229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40230 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40235 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40238 \begin_layout Description
40240 \begin_inset space ~
40243 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40248 \begin_inset Index idx
40251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40252 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40258 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40262 \begin_layout Description
40264 \begin_inset space ~
40268 \begin_inset space ~
40272 \begin_inset space ~
40275 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40276 \begin_inset space ~
40282 \begin_layout Description
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40288 \begin_inset space ~
40292 \begin_inset space ~
40295 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40296 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40297 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40301 \begin_layout Description
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40307 \begin_inset space ~
40311 \begin_inset space ~
40314 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40315 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40318 \begin_layout Section
40322 \begin_layout Standard
40323 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40324 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40325 \begin_inset space ~
40329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40331 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40338 \begin_layout Section
40342 \begin_layout Standard
40343 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40348 \begin_inset Index idx
40351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40352 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40362 \begin_inset Index idx
40365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40366 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40371 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40376 \begin_inset Index idx
40379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40380 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40385 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40387 For a further description see section
40388 \begin_inset space ~
40392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40394 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40401 \begin_layout Section
40405 \begin_layout Standard
40406 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40407 and you can define additional indexes.
40408 Please refer to section
40409 \begin_inset space ~
40413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40415 reference "sec:Index"
40422 \begin_layout Section
40426 \begin_layout Standard
40427 The PDF properties are explained in section
40428 \begin_inset space ~
40432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40434 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40441 \begin_layout Section
40445 \begin_layout Standard
40446 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40451 \begin_inset Index idx
40454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40455 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40465 \begin_inset Index idx
40468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40469 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40474 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40477 \begin_layout Standard
40482 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40483 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40486 \begin_layout Standard
40491 is used for special integral characters.
40494 \begin_layout Section
40498 \begin_layout Standard
40499 The float placement options are described in section
40500 \begin_inset space ~
40504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40506 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40513 \begin_layout Section
40517 \begin_layout Standard
40518 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40519 The itemize environment is described in section
40520 \begin_inset space ~
40524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40526 reference "sec:Itemize"
40533 \begin_layout Section
40537 \begin_layout Standard
40538 Branches are described in section
40539 \begin_inset space ~
40543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40545 reference "sec:Branches"
40552 \begin_layout Section
40557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40567 \begin_layout Standard
40568 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40569 to define LaTeX-commands.
40570 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40571 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40575 \begin_layout Standard
40576 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40577 \begin_inset space ~
40581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40583 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40590 \begin_layout Chapter
40596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40598 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40603 \begin_inset Index idx
40606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40615 \begin_layout Standard
40616 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40618 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40622 It has the following submenus.
40625 \begin_layout Section
40629 \begin_layout Subsection
40633 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40634 User Interface File
40635 \begin_inset Index idx
40638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40639 Customization ! of toolbars
40645 \begin_inset Index idx
40648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40649 Customization ! of menus
40657 \begin_layout Standard
40658 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40666 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40675 \begin_layout Standard
40676 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40677 interface (ui) file.
40678 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40679 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40688 Both files are loaded by the
40693 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40694 files and edit the entries.
40697 \begin_layout Standard
40698 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40710 entries must be ended with an explicit
40735 and in the case of the
40736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40748 The syntax for the entries is:
40751 \begin_layout Standard
40752 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40780 \begin_layout Standard
40782 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40785 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
40787 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40789 \begin_inset space ~
40797 \begin_layout Standard
40798 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40804 \begin_layout Standard
40805 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40807 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40810 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40814 \begin_layout Standard
40815 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40839 \begin_layout Standard
40841 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40844 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40847 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40851 \begin_layout Standard
40854 Enable tool tips in main work area
40856 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40860 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40864 \begin_layout Standard
40868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40875 restoring of window layout and geometries
40877 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40878 in the last LyX session.
40881 \begin_layout Standard
40884 Restore cursor positions
40886 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40890 \begin_layout Standard
40893 Load opened files from last session
40895 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40898 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40902 name "sub:Backup documents"
40907 \begin_inset Index idx
40910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40919 \begin_layout Standard
40924 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40927 \begin_layout Standard
40932 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40935 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40937 \begin_inset space ~
40945 \begin_layout Standard
40948 Open documents in tabs
40950 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40954 \begin_layout Subsection
40956 \begin_inset Index idx
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40968 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40975 \begin_layout Standard
40976 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40979 \begin_layout Standard
40980 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40988 This section only deals with the fonts
40993 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40997 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41008 \begin_layout Standard
41009 By default, LyX uses
41013 as roman (serif) font,
41021 (depends on the system) as
41024 \begin_inset space ~
41040 \begin_layout Standard
41041 You can change the font size with the
41046 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41047 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41050 \begin_layout Standard
41055 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41056 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41061 points have the size of 1
41062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41066 \begin_inset space ~
41070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41072 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41079 \begin_layout Standard
41084 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41089 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41090 \begin_inset space ~
41094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41096 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41103 \begin_layout Standard
41106 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41108 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41109 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41110 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41111 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41113 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41114 \begin_inset space ~
41120 \begin_layout Subsection
41122 \begin_inset Index idx
41125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41132 \begin_inset Index idx
41135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41144 \begin_layout Standard
41145 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41146 Choose an item in the list and use the
41153 \begin_layout Subsection
41155 \begin_inset Index idx
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41167 \begin_layout Standard
41168 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41171 \begin_layout Standard
41176 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41177 This feature is described in section
41178 \begin_inset space ~
41182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41184 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41191 \begin_layout Standard
41195 \begin_inset space ~
41199 \begin_inset space ~
41203 \begin_inset space ~
41208 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41211 \begin_layout Section
41213 \begin_inset Index idx
41216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41225 \begin_layout Subsection
41229 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41233 \begin_layout Standard
41236 Cursor follows scrollbar
41238 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41242 \begin_layout Standard
41245 Sort environments alphabetically
41247 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41250 \begin_layout Standard
41253 Group environments by their category
41255 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41258 \begin_layout Standard
41259 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41275 \begin_layout Standard
41276 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41281 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41282 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41286 \begin_layout Subsection
41288 \begin_inset Index idx
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41298 \begin_inset Index idx
41301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41302 Settings ! Shortcuts
41310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41314 \begin_layout Standard
41315 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41316 Several binding files are available:
41319 \begin_layout Description
41320 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41323 \begin_layout Description
41324 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41335 \begin_layout Description
41336 mac.bind set of bindings for
41339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41347 \begin_layout Standard
41348 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41352 , and bind files for special languages.
41353 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41358 \begin_inset space \space{}
41362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41370 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41374 \begin_layout Standard
41375 Some bind-files, like
41379 , have only a small scope.
41380 When looking at the end of the file
41384 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41391 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41396 \begin_inset Index idx
41399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41400 Key Bindings ! Editing
41408 \begin_layout Standard
41409 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41410 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41411 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41414 Show key-bindings containing
41417 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41418 Insert there for example as keyword
41419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41426 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41436 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41437 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41441 that you will find in the
41448 \begin_layout Standard
41450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41454 \begin_inset space \space{}
41465 , select the function and press the
41470 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41471 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41472 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41473 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41474 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41476 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41478 The binding for the function
41482 is an example of this.
41485 \begin_layout Standard
41486 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41488 The syntax of the entries is:
41491 \begin_layout Standard
41497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41515 \begin_layout Subsection
41517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41519 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41524 \begin_inset Index idx
41527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 \begin_inset Index idx
41537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41538 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41546 \begin_layout Standard
41547 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41548 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41554 \begin_inset space \space{}
41557 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41558 can use the keyboard map file named
41565 \begin_layout Standard
41566 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41574 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41582 \begin_layout Standard
41583 Besides this, you can specify here the
41585 Wheel scrolling speed
41588 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41592 \begin_layout Subsection
41594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41596 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41601 \begin_inset Index idx
41604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41613 \begin_layout Standard
41614 Input completion is described in sec.
41615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41621 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41626 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41628 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41629 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41633 \begin_layout Section
41635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41642 \begin_inset Index idx
41645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41652 \begin_inset Index idx
41655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41664 \begin_layout Description
41666 \begin_inset space ~
41669 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41670 It is the default when you
41681 \begin_inset space ~
41689 \begin_layout Description
41691 \begin_inset space ~
41694 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41698 \begin_inset space ~
41702 \begin_inset space ~
41710 \begin_layout Description
41712 \begin_inset space ~
41715 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41721 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41725 \begin_inset Newline newline
41729 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41741 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41749 \begin_layout Description
41751 \begin_inset space ~
41755 \begin_inset Index idx
41758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41764 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41765 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41766 \begin_inset space ~
41770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41772 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41780 will be used to save the backups.
41781 \begin_inset Newline newline
41784 The backup files have the ending
41785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41795 \begin_layout Description
41800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41807 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41808 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41809 \begin_inset Newline newline
41813 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41821 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41829 \begin_layout Description
41831 \begin_inset space ~
41834 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41837 \begin_layout Description
41839 \begin_inset space ~
41842 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41843 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41844 to find it on the system.
41845 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41846 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41855 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41856 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41860 \begin_layout Section
41864 \begin_layout Standard
41865 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41866 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41868 \begin_inset space ~
41872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41874 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41878 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41881 \begin_layout Section
41883 \begin_inset Index idx
41886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 Language ! Settings
41893 \begin_inset Index idx
41896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41897 Settings ! Language
41905 \begin_layout Subsection
41909 \begin_layout Description
41911 \begin_inset space ~
41915 \begin_inset space ~
41918 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41919 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41920 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41921 You find the actual translation status here:
41922 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41924 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41925 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41932 \begin_layout Description
41934 \begin_inset space ~
41937 language is the language used in new documents
41940 \begin_layout Description
41942 \begin_inset space ~
41945 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41947 The default is the LaTeX-command
41953 that loads the package
41961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41963 \begin_inset space ~
41967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41969 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41979 \begin_inset Newline newline
41986 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41987 to the document language.
41988 A text label is, for instance, the word
41989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41996 at the beginning of every table caption.
41999 \begin_layout Description
42001 \begin_inset space ~
42004 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42005 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42006 An example is the start command
42012 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42017 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42032 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42037 \begin_layout Description
42039 \begin_inset space ~
42047 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42048 command toggles the package on and off.
42051 \begin_layout Description
42053 \begin_inset space ~
42063 \begin_layout Description
42064 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42065 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42066 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42067 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42074 \begin_layout Description
42076 \begin_inset space ~
42079 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42081 When this option is not set, the
42084 \begin_inset space ~
42089 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42090 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42093 \begin_inset space ~
42101 \begin_layout Description
42103 \begin_inset space ~
42109 \begin_inset space ~
42115 When it is not set, the
42118 \begin_inset space ~
42123 is set to the end of the document.
42126 \begin_layout Description
42128 \begin_inset space ~
42132 \begin_inset space ~
42135 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42136 language will be underlined blue.
42139 \begin_layout Description
42141 \begin_inset space ~
42145 \begin_inset space ~
42148 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42149 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42152 \begin_layout Description
42154 \begin_inset space ~
42157 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42158 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42159 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42160 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42163 \begin_layout Subsection
42167 \begin_layout Standard
42168 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42169 \begin_inset space ~
42173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42175 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42182 \begin_layout Section
42186 \begin_layout Subsection
42188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42195 \begin_inset Index idx
42198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42205 \begin_inset Index idx
42208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42217 \begin_layout Description
42219 \begin_inset space ~
42222 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42223 The name will be used when the
42228 \begin_inset Newline newline
42232 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42240 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42248 \begin_layout Description
42250 \begin_inset space ~
42254 \begin_inset space ~
42258 \begin_inset space ~
42261 printer This option works only for the
42266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42278 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42279 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42282 \begin_layout Description
42284 \begin_inset space ~
42287 command is the command LyX
42288 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42295 LaTeX uses for printing.
42296 The default is on most systems
42303 \begin_layout Description
42305 \begin_inset space ~
42309 \begin_inset space ~
42312 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42313 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42314 of the program that provides the
42321 \begin_layout Subsection
42323 \begin_inset Index idx
42326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42333 \begin_inset Index idx
42336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42337 Settings ! Date format
42345 \begin_layout Standard
42346 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42347 \begin_inset Newline newline
42351 \begin_inset Flex URL
42354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42356 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42362 \begin_inset Newline newline
42365 For example the format
42366 \begin_inset Newline newline
42370 \begin_inset Newline newline
42373 prints the date as day/month/year.
42376 \begin_layout Subsection
42380 \begin_layout Description
42382 \begin_inset space ~
42386 \begin_inset space ~
42389 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42392 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42393 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42395 \begin_inset space ~
42401 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42405 \begin_layout Description
42407 \begin_inset space ~
42410 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42415 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42416 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42419 \begin_layout Subsection
42424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42434 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42439 \begin_inset Index idx
42442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 \begin_layout Description
42456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42464 \begin_inset space ~
42467 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42472 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42494 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42507 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42508 LyX sets up in the background.
42509 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42512 \begin_layout Description
42514 \begin_inset space ~
42518 \begin_inset space ~
42521 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42526 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42529 \begin_layout Standard
42530 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42531 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42532 manuals of the applications.
42533 Currently the following commands can be set:
42536 \begin_layout Description
42541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42549 \begin_inset space ~
42552 command Command for the program
42556 that is described in the section
42562 Additional Features
42567 \begin_layout Description
42572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42580 \begin_inset space ~
42583 command Command for the program
42587 that generates the bibliography, see section
42588 \begin_inset space ~
42592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42594 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42601 \begin_layout Description
42603 \begin_inset space ~
42606 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42607 \begin_inset space ~
42611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42613 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42620 \begin_layout Description
42622 \begin_inset space ~
42625 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42626 \begin_inset space ~
42630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42632 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42639 \begin_layout Description
42641 \begin_inset space ~
42645 \begin_inset space ~
42649 \begin_inset space ~
42653 \begin_inset space ~
42656 options They only have an effect when the program
42660 is used as DVI-viewer.
42663 \begin_layout Standard
42664 There are additionally the following options:
42667 \begin_layout Description
42669 \begin_inset space ~
42673 \begin_inset space ~
42677 \begin_inset space ~
42681 \begin_inset space ~
42685 \begin_inset space ~
42688 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42706 to separate folders.
42707 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42708 \begin_inset Index idx
42711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42718 \begin_inset Index idx
42721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42730 \begin_layout Description
42732 \begin_inset space ~
42736 \begin_inset space ~
42740 \begin_inset space ~
42744 \begin_inset space ~
42748 \begin_inset space ~
42752 \begin_inset space ~
42755 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42757 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42760 dialog when changing the document class.
42763 \begin_layout Section
42765 \begin_inset space ~
42769 \begin_inset Index idx
42772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42781 \begin_layout Subsection
42783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42785 name "sub:Converters"
42790 \begin_inset Index idx
42793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42802 \begin_layout Standard
42803 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42804 from one format to another.
42805 You can modify them or create new ones.
42806 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42813 \begin_inset space ~
42823 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42827 \begin_inset space ~
42832 drop-down list, modify the
42836 field, and press the
42843 \begin_layout Standard
42846 Converter File Cache
42848 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42851 Maximum Age (in days
42854 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42855 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42858 \begin_layout Standard
42859 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42860 the converter definition, is described in the section
42871 \begin_layout Subsection
42873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42875 name "sec:File-Formats"
42880 \begin_inset Index idx
42883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42890 \begin_inset Index idx
42893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42902 \begin_layout Standard
42903 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42904 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42908 \begin_layout Standard
42909 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42910 is described in the section
42921 \begin_layout Standard
42922 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42923 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42924 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42925 This is done by specifying a
42930 More about this is described in the section
42941 \begin_layout Chapter
42942 Units available in LyX
42943 \begin_inset Index idx
42946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42955 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42962 \begin_layout Standard
42963 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42966 reference "cap:Units"
42970 explains all units available in LyX.
42973 \begin_layout Standard
42974 \begin_inset Float table
42980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42981 \begin_inset Caption
42983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42999 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43007 \begin_inset Tabular
43008 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43009 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43162 scaled point (65536
43163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43223 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43278 % of original image width
43285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43492 \begin_layout Chapter
43494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43503 \begin_layout Standard
43504 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43505 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43508 \begin_layout Itemize
43511 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43514 \begin_layout Itemize
43520 \begin_layout Itemize
43526 \begin_layout Itemize
43532 \begin_layout Itemize
43538 \begin_layout Itemize
43544 \begin_layout Itemize
43550 \begin_layout Itemize
43556 \begin_layout Itemize
43559 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43562 \begin_layout Itemize
43568 \begin_layout Itemize
43574 \begin_layout Itemize
43580 \begin_layout Itemize
43586 \begin_layout Itemize
43592 \begin_layout Itemize
43598 \begin_layout Itemize
43604 \begin_layout Itemize
43610 \begin_layout Itemize
43612 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43621 \begin_layout Standard
43622 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43625 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43632 \begin_layout Bibliography
43633 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43634 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43635 LatexCommand bibitem
43642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43645 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43650 \begin_inset Newline newline
43654 \begin_inset Flex URL
43657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43659 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43667 \begin_layout Bibliography
43668 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43669 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43670 LatexCommand bibitem
43671 key "latexcompanion"
43675 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43677 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43680 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43683 \begin_layout Bibliography
43684 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43685 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43686 LatexCommand bibitem
43691 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43694 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43697 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43700 \begin_layout Bibliography
43701 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43702 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43703 LatexCommand bibitem
43710 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43713 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43716 \begin_layout Bibliography
43717 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43718 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43719 LatexCommand bibitem
43731 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43734 \begin_layout Bibliography
43735 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43736 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43737 LatexCommand bibitem
43743 \begin_inset Newline newline
43747 \begin_inset Flex URL
43750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43752 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43760 \begin_layout Bibliography
43761 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43762 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43763 LatexCommand bibitem
43769 \begin_inset Newline newline
43773 \begin_inset Flex URL
43776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43778 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43786 \begin_layout Bibliography
43787 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43788 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43789 LatexCommand bibitem
43795 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43797 name "Documentation"
43798 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43807 \begin_inset Newline newline
43811 \begin_inset Flex URL
43814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43816 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43824 \begin_layout Bibliography
43825 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43826 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43827 LatexCommand bibitem
43833 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43835 name "Documentation"
43836 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43840 how to use the program
43845 \begin_inset Newline newline
43849 \begin_inset Flex URL
43852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43854 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43862 \begin_layout Bibliography
43863 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43864 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43865 LatexCommand bibitem
43871 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43873 name "Documentation"
43874 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43883 \begin_inset Newline newline
43887 \begin_inset Flex URL
43890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43892 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43900 \begin_layout Bibliography
43901 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43902 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43903 LatexCommand bibitem
43909 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43911 name "Documentation"
43912 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43921 \begin_inset Newline newline
43925 \begin_inset Flex URL
43928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43930 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43938 \begin_layout Bibliography
43939 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43940 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43941 LatexCommand bibitem
43947 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43949 name "Documentation"
43950 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43954 of the LaTeX-package
43959 \begin_inset Index idx
43962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43963 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43969 \begin_inset Newline newline
43973 \begin_inset Flex URL
43976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43978 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43986 \begin_layout Bibliography
43987 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43988 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43989 LatexCommand bibitem
43995 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43997 name "Documentation"
43998 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44002 of the LaTeX-package
44007 \begin_inset Index idx
44010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44011 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44017 \begin_inset Newline newline
44021 \begin_inset Flex URL
44024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44026 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44034 \begin_layout Bibliography
44035 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44036 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44037 LatexCommand bibitem
44045 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44047 name "Documentation"
44048 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44054 of the LaTeX-package
44059 \begin_inset Index idx
44062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44063 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44069 \begin_inset Newline newline
44073 \begin_inset Flex URL
44076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44078 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44086 \begin_layout Bibliography
44087 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44088 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44089 LatexCommand bibitem
44095 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44097 name "Documentation"
44098 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44102 of the LaTeX-package
44107 \begin_inset Index idx
44110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44111 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44117 \begin_inset Newline newline
44121 \begin_inset Flex URL
44124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44126 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44134 \begin_layout Bibliography
44135 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44136 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44137 LatexCommand bibitem
44143 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44145 name "Documentation"
44146 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44150 of the LaTeX-package
44155 \begin_inset Index idx
44158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44159 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44165 \begin_inset Newline newline
44169 \begin_inset Flex URL
44172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44174 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44182 \begin_layout Bibliography
44183 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44184 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44185 LatexCommand bibitem
44191 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44193 name "Documentation"
44194 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44198 of the LaTeX-package
44203 \begin_inset Index idx
44206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44207 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44213 \begin_inset Newline newline
44217 \begin_inset Flex URL
44220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44222 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44230 \begin_layout Bibliography
44231 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44232 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44233 LatexCommand bibitem
44239 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44242 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44246 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44247 \begin_inset Newline newline
44251 \begin_inset Flex URL
44254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44256 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44264 \begin_layout Bibliography
44265 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44266 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44267 LatexCommand bibitem
44273 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44276 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44280 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44281 \begin_inset Newline newline
44285 \begin_inset Flex URL
44288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44290 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44298 \begin_layout Bibliography
44299 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44300 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44301 LatexCommand bibitem
44307 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44310 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44314 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44315 \begin_inset Newline newline
44319 \begin_inset Flex URL
44322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44324 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44332 \begin_layout Bibliography
44333 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44334 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44335 LatexCommand bibitem
44341 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44344 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44348 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44349 \begin_inset Newline newline
44353 \begin_inset Flex URL
44356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44358 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44366 \begin_layout Bibliography
44367 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44368 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44369 LatexCommand bibitem
44375 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44378 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44382 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44383 \begin_inset Newline newline
44387 \begin_inset Flex URL
44390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44392 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44400 \begin_layout Bibliography
44401 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44402 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44403 LatexCommand bibitem
44409 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44412 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44416 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44417 \begin_inset Newline newline
44421 \begin_inset Flex URL
44424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44426 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44434 \begin_layout Bibliography
44435 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44436 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44437 LatexCommand bibitem
44443 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44446 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44450 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44451 \begin_inset Newline newline
44455 \begin_inset Flex URL
44458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44460 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44468 \begin_layout Bibliography
44469 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44470 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44471 LatexCommand bibitem
44477 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44480 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44484 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44485 \begin_inset Newline newline
44489 \begin_inset Flex URL
44492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44494 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44502 \begin_layout Bibliography
44503 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44504 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44505 LatexCommand bibitem
44511 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44514 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44518 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44519 \begin_inset Newline newline
44523 \begin_inset Flex URL
44526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44528 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44536 \begin_layout Bibliography
44537 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44538 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44539 LatexCommand bibitem
44545 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44548 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44552 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44553 \begin_inset Newline newline
44557 \begin_inset Flex URL
44560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44562 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44570 \begin_layout Bibliography
44571 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44572 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44573 LatexCommand bibitem
44579 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44582 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
44586 about new features in
44591 \begin_inset Newline newline
44595 \begin_inset Flex URL
44598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44600 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
44608 \begin_layout Standard
44609 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44643 \begin_inset Note Note
44646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44653 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44654 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44655 bibliography is the second one:
44663 \begin_layout Standard
44664 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44665 LatexCommand bibtex
44666 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44667 options "biblio/alphadin"
44674 \begin_layout Standard
44675 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44678 \begin_layout Standard
44679 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44680 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44686 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44687 LatexCommand printindex